,,the ,,art ,,of ,,decorating ,,dry ,,goods ,,windows ,,and ,,interiors4 ,by ,l4 ,,frank ,,baum4 ,a ,complete ,manual of ,window ,trimming1 designed as an ,educator in all the ,details of the ,art1 according to the best accepted methods1 and treating fully every important subject4 ,,fully ,,illustrated4 ,,chicago3 ,,the ,,show ,,window ,,publishing ,,company1 #aijj4 ,,copyrighted #aijj ,,by ,l4 ,,frank ,,baum4 ,,introduction4 ,the peddlars1 or packmen1 of ancient days1 who were the first recognized merchants1 realized fully the advantage of displaying their wares before prospective customers4 ,gaining entry to a castle1 a palace1 or a mansion1 the packman spread his goods upon the floor to best advantage and then awaited patiently while the assembled bevy of women gazed enraptured upon the treasures at their feet4 ,if he could not obtain permission to open his pack his visit was fruitless of result4 ,in old ,bagdad arose the custom of open booths built before the entrances of houses1 wherein was attractively displayed the merchandise offered for sale4 ,this custom is still extensively followed in ,eastern countries4 ,at ,cheapside1 in ,london1 the method was to hang upon iron hooks along the front of the building such articles as might induce the observer to buy1 or entice him to enter the shop4 ,the same custom was prevalent in the ,colonial days in ,america1 and is not yet fully obsolete4 ,thus from the earliest days merchants well knew the value of display1 and the modern show window is the logical outcome or development of that knowledge4 ,careful research fails to determine where the show window was first utilized as an adjunct to merchandizing4 ,it is probably a gradual development from the small1 many-paned front window of the merchant shop1 following the natural transformation of shops into stores and of crude green-glass panes into clear plate-glass fronts4 ,however it came about1 the modern mercantile establishment1 whether located in a retired village or upon the main street of a thriving city1 is to-day deemed incomplete without a front of the clearest and best plate-glass4 ,these windows are not intended to light the interior of a store1 although indirectly they may serve such purpose4 ,their prime object is to sell goods4 ,without advertising the modern merchant sinks into oblivion4 ,the busy world forgets him1 and he is left to himself--to rust1 to vegetate1 or to fail ignominiously4 ,merchants of olden times stood in front of their shops and cried 8buy6--buy60 in imploring tones4 ,modern merchants still cry 8buy6--buy60 but they do it in a different way4 ,they advertise in newspapers and display their wares in their show windows4 ,these are the three grades--the three developments in advertising4 ,the street crier1 the newspapers1 the show window4 ,the last mode of inducing trade is the modern one1 and therefore the best4 ,more goods are sold through window display than through newspaper advertising4 ,it is more direct4 ,the newspaper advertisement says3 8,we have goods to sell40 ,the show window says3 8,here they are60 ,but the judicious use of advertising through newspapers must not be discouraged4 ,every man1 woman and child in town does not pass your windows4 ,those who do not may read in the newspaper of your attractive display of goods1 and so be induced to pass your way4 ,the most successful of modern merchants use the newspapers to announce their window displays4 ,this combination of the two greatest forces in advertising has been found to succeed beyond any other method4 ,to make a display of goods in your window that is most attractive1 that will sell readily the articles exhibited1 is to-day acknowledged an art4 ,many things are to be considered4 ,there are the technicalities to be learned1 judgment and good taste to be exercised1 color harmony to be secured2 and1 above all1 there must be positive knowledge as to what constitutes an attractive exhibit1 and what will arouse in the observer cupidity and a longing to possess the goods you offer for sale4 ,it has been said that a window decorator is born1 and not made4 ,yet we find that those 8born0 decorators must acquire knowledge of technicalities and detail work before they can succeed4 ,who shall determine which are 8born10 and which are 8made0 decorators8 ,the 8born musician0 must1 unfortunately1 learn to play the fiddle1 and the 8born blacksmith0 must be taught to shoe a horse4 ,and the worldly cynic will tell you that under proper instruction and with a desire to learn1 any son of ,adam can play the fiddle or shoe a horse4 ,i have never known a man who desired to learn the art of decorating fail to attain skill and subsequent success4 ,perhaps it is only those 8born0 ones who desire to learn4 ,it is true that a clumsy man1 a man without judgment or taste1 a man destitute of knowledge of the requirements of modern merchandizing1 might prove a lamentable failure as a store decorator4 ,but ,i have never known such a man desire to learn the art4 ,the object of this book is to place before the novice the instructions necessary to fit him for successful work4 ,the author believes that this volume contains all information necessary to enable a student to acquire proficiency in the ,art of ,decorating ,dry ,goods ,windows and ,interiors4 ,the field of merchandizing is so broad that this work is confined to dry goods decorating1 although many of the chapters will be of service in decorating windows with other lines of goods4 ,much of the information offered has been gained by personal experience1 yet ,i am greatly indebted to many brother decorators1 and especially to prominent members of ,the ,national ,association of ,window ,trimmers of ,america1 for assistance in my attempt to place clearly before my readers the many details of the art4 ,practical methods have in every instance been preferred to theoretical4 ,the simplest and easiest way of accomplishing any work is always the best4 ,i am hopeful that those desiring to attain skill in decorating will find much useful information in these pages1 and if this book proves of real assistance to its readers my object in writing it will have been accomplished4 ,most ,sincerely1 ,l4 ,,frank ,,baum4 ,,the ,,art ,,of ,,decorating4 ,illustration3 ,fleuron ,,chapter ,i4 ,,how ,,to ,,plan ,,store ,,fronts4 ,in building a store on modern principles the front is more important than any other detail4 ,for1 a store being intended for the sale of merchandise1 the front is the first thing that meets the public eye1 and by its appearance the entire establishment is judged4 ,the size and shape of the windows depends1 of course1 upon the size and location of the store1 but the principle consideration is to obtain as large an expanse of window as possible1 and convenient entrances4 ,in single store fronts1 which we shall use as examples1 the ordinary arrangement is similar to that in diagram ,a1 having the entrance1 with double doors1 in the center4 ,this gives two good sized windows1 if the front is of fair breadth1 and admits the customer to the central aisle4 ,illustration ,to avoid dividing the expanse of window1 and to render the display more impressive1 a popular arrangement is that in diagram ,b1 having the entrance at one side4 ,which side to place the entrance is determined by the trend of traffic1 the entrance being placed nearest to the busy portion of the street1 as more convenient to the customer4 ,exception4--,it is argued by some merchants that it is better to place the entrance furthest from the crowded portion of the street1 as in this case the people must first pass before the window4 ,illustration ,it will be noted that people intending to enter the store will not be influenced by the window display1 in which case the location of the entrance is immaterial4 ,diagram ,b shows the bevelled entrance1 slanting diagonally from the front window to the door1 and thus giving the public a glance at the small side window in passing or entering4 ,in diagram ,d we show the curved front1 in which the side window is a curved or semi-circular pane4 ,this style is very attractive1 but more expensive1 and is more liable to be broken than the flat pane4 ,illustration ,illustration ,illustration ,illustration ,diagram ,c shows one of the most popular arrangements of store fronts4 ,this allows for a double entrance1 with a broad expanse of window between4 ,in wide fronts these entrances are double doors1 in narrower fronts a single door is sufficient4 ,variations of this front which has bevelled entrances1 are shown in diagrams ,e and ,f4 ,the first has the semi-circular end panes1 which are recommended as especially imposing1 and the latter shows a square perfectly rectangular turn for the side panes4 ,the advantage claimed for this method is that it attracts the attention of those approaching the window more quickly than will the slant or curve1 but this does not appear likely unless the front projects beyond the line of the building4 ,the large central pane1 with double or single side entrances1 is a very successful style of front1 and is strongly endorsed by those who have used them4 ,it sometimes happens that thick pillars of masonry obstruct the front1 as shown in diagram ,g4 ,in this case the window panes should be set at the outer edge of the pillars1 rather than against the inner edge1 as much of the effect of the front would be lost by the projecting pillars4 ,the entrance1 however1 should be set at the inner edges of the pillars1 as indicated4 ,illustration ,posts are always to be avoided in window spaces1 and there is seldom an occasion where they are really necessary4 ,but where a front is rebuilt or altered and posts cannot be avoided1 they should invariably be set directly back of the window frames1 as shown in diagram ,h4 ,when they are placed in this manner each window has a clear space back of the pane1 and the decorator has an opportunity of putting one distinct trim in each window4 ,but if the posts occupy the center1 or even the sides of the window1 no decorator on earth can trim the space properly or effectively4 ,illustration ,diagram ,h also illustrates the continuous front1 where many windows are placed side by side4 ,any of the fronts previously described can be so extended indefinitely4 ,there are many other styles of store fronts1 but most of them come under the head of 8freak fronts10 and are only appropriate for the special buildings for which they were designed4 ,the main points to consider in building a front1 are1 7a7 to get as large an expanse of glass as possible2 7b7 to use iron framework1 occupying the least space where the panes join2 7c7 to avoid the use of posts back of the panes1 but where they are necessary to place each post behind the point where two large plate-glass panes are joined together4 ,a new idea in show window fronts is to allow the two sheets of glass to come together at the corners1 where they are held by brass braces and set screws so that there is no corner space at all4 ,this arrangement looks well and has several advantages4 ,the glass is less liable to break than when set against a post or frame2 and all shadows in the window are avoided4 ,last1 if you have an old-fashioned front1 get your landlord to take it out and replace it with a modern1 plate-glass front4 ,if he refuses1 move elsewhere4 ,you cannot afford to be in the mercantile business without good windows to back up your enterprise4 ,,chapter ,,ii4 ,,the ,,show ,,window4 ,in attempting to explain the fundamental principles of successful store decoration1 the window is the first thing to be considered1 and there are all kinds of windows1 little and big1 upright and oblong1 cramped and spacious4 ,some are hard to get at2 some have big1 awkward posts in them2 but no matter what they are or how undesirable they seem1 remember that anything with a pane of glass before it may be made a show window4 ,build a window floor on a level with the lower edge of the glass2 build it strongly and make it as deep as you are able4 ,three feet is a fair depth2 six feet is not too deep4 ,,boxing ,a ,,window4 ,in order to produce a good window there must be a proper foundation to work upon4 ,an open-backed window is an impossibility as considered from a window trimmer's standpoint1 save in very few cases where articles are small and only require a window shelf to display them4 ,all windows should have a substantial board backing and sides extending about one-half the height of the window itself4 ,a door should be made in this at one side1 to permit the trimmer easy entrance and enable you to reach any goods you may wish to withdraw from the window4 ,above this backing it is desirable to have a sash reaching to the ceiling1 which will serve to admit light and prevent dust reaching the trim4 ,the distance of the backing from the glass is a matter of choice4 ,some prefer very deep window embrasures1 and for furniture1 carpets1 stoves and like bulky articles1 they are undoubtedly best4 ,for displays of light1 small articles1 a shallow window is very desirable1 and furnishings1 notions1 etc41 may be effectively arranged in thirty inches space4 ,for the general window1 however1 where various classes of merchandise are required to be exhibited1 a depth of from four to five feet is best2 and even six feet1 especially for a clothing or cloak trim1 is not considered too deep for good effects4 ,the floor of the window embrasure should be made perfectly level1 as this will admit of more substantial framework than an incline4 ,a removable1 sloping floor may be provided for use when desired4 ,against the solid backing brackets and shelves may be secured1 their arrangement being altered as occasion demands4 ,it also admits of tacking the draperies in a substantial manner1 and there is a satisfaction in knowing your window is solid and that any fragile articles displayed are perfectly safe4 ,,how ,,to ,,wash ,,windows4 ,a clean window pane is a necessity in a show window4 ,nothing destroys the attractiveness of a really good display so readily and effectively as a streaked1 flyspecked glass in front of it4 ,many merchants dread window washing day4 ,it shouldn't be a bugbear when a simple method like the following is understood4 ,wait until the sun is off the window1 for if the sun is shining on the glass it will look streaked after drying1 irrespective of the amount of muscle expended in the rubbing4 ,dust the window thoroughly1 inside and out1 and don't touch the glass until after the inside woodwork has been cleansed4 ,use nothing but warm water1 mixed with sufficient ammonia in washing the glass4 ,steer clear of soap4 ,dry the windows with the rubber cleaner or soft cotton cloth4 ,linen leaves lint on the glass4 ,polish with paper2 that's all that's necessary4 ,,to ,,prevent ,,windows ,,from ,,frosting4 ,one of the merchant's greatest trials is the sweating and frosting of windows in cold weather1 rendering them useless for display purposes at the very season when they are most valuable4 ,much has been written concerning methods of prevention of frost1 but most of them are theoretical1 and1 while they work well in some instances1 are absolute failures in others4 ,,the ,,cause4 ,scientists will tell you that the reason a window sweats is because there is an uneven temperature on the opposite sides of the window pane4 ,the cold air outside chills the pane1 which condenses the moisture in the warm air inside as it strikes the glass1 and the moisture is deposited in the form of 8sweat0 upon the inner surface of the glass4 ,it then freezes1 producing 8frost40 ,occasionally1 when there is moisture in the outer air1 a deposit is also made upon the outer surface of the glass1 but in either case the frost arises from the uneven temperature of the air inside and outside the window glass4 ,,the ,,remedy4 ,the foregoing cause of the evil being understood1 it is also plain that any arrangement which will render the temperature of the air the same on both sides of the pane will remedy the difficulty4 ,any other method is obviously imperfect and ineffectual4 ,if the temperature within and without the window is the same the glass cannot sweat or frost4 ,to obtain an even temperature it is absolutely necessary to box the window4 ,it must be cut off entirely from the other part of the store4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a4 ,the space under modern show windows is used largely for ventilating cellars4 ,our sketch shows half of this space used for ventilating cellar1 and other half as a cold air passage to allow the outside air to pass through the double perforated window floor1 thereby keeping the air within the window enclosure approximately the same temperature as the outside1 and thereby preventing the sweating and freezing1 so annoying to the trimmer4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b4 ,a ,a1 open space between double perforated bottom1 to be filled with loose cotton to permit the air to pass1 but dense enough to keep back the dust from the street4 ,the floor of the window should be made of boards1 perforated and made to fit in snugly without fastening down1 so they can be taken up occasionally to clean out the dust that will accumulate in time4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c4 ,fig4 #c shows how boards may be used without being perforated4 ,small pieces of wood are nailed on one edge of each board1 say about one-eighth inch thick1 so as to keep the boards about that distance apart4 ,c is a small door that opens into the store room to reach the cold air space1 for cleaning occasionally4 ,b1 opening for lighting and ventilating the cellar4 ,a trap door may be arranged to fit over the opening ,b1 but a better arrangement is to have two sashes of glass to fit the front of the openings immediately back of the wire screens shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,if hinged at the top1 they can be opened by pulling back with a cord or chain from the inside of the room4 ,fig4 #b shows a wire screen now much used instead of the more expensive iron grille work formerly in vogue4 ,when possible1 a glass roof should be used to inclose the window1 in which case the lights may be arranged above the glass4 ,this prevents heating the window4 ,in using floor drapings1 employ only cheesecloth1 or some light material that will allow air to pass through4 ,all this may seem to require considerable trouble and alteration of your windows1 but wherever this method has been used it has been found thoroughly practical and an absolute prevention of frost4 ,,other ,,methods4 7#a7 ,an electric fan kept constantly in motion in a corner of the window is said to avoid frosting by keeping the atmosphere in circulation1 and thus preventing condensation upon the surface of the glass4 ,in a large window there should be two fans1 in opposite corners1 and these may be easily concealed from view4 7#b7 ,electric ,heaters4--,as almost every store is now provided with electric light service1 and electric heaters can be purchased in all sizes on the open market1 the interest in this new application of electric heating is universal4 ,all that is necessary is to place a small electric heater in the window in any concealed position1 and to connect it with the lighting mains4 7#c7 ,several washes for the window glass have been recommended1 but our observation has been that these usually fail to prevent frosting4 ,it is true that one method will succeed with a merchant1 and fail when utilized by his next door neighbor4 ,it is hard to explain this fact1 save for the different atmospheric conditions of the two rooms4 ,it is not unusual to see one window as opaque as a sheet of felt and another loom up as transparent as a crystal1 when both are apparently under the same conditions4 ,one sees a window free from frost where it is entirely enclosed1 and that seems to explain the reason4 ,but a few doors further on another window similarly enclosed is covered with ice4 ,some windows that have a half-length enclosure inside are clear and others are frosty1 and some that are entirely open to receive the heat of the store room are clear while others are not4 ,among the various washes are pure glycerine1 in which a flannel cloth is dipped1 ammonia and salt1 and alcohol and water4 ,as said before1 these are seldom effective in preventing frosting4 ,the safest and best remedy will be found in ventilation1 as above described4 ,,chapter ,,iii4 ,,some ,,practical ,,hints4 ,those who are inexperienced in window decoration will need a few general instructions before attempting to trim in a practical and successful manner4 ,experience has taught us several things which apply so forcibly to the art of decoration that they may be considered in the nature of rules1 and must be studied carefully and thoroughly by the novice4 ,,suggestions4 ,the trouble with most window trimmers and beginners is that they ignore all suggestions offered1 from the fact that they are window trimmers1 and are supposed to know it all1 which is a grave mistake 7for no man knows it all74 ,from experience1 you will find that by listening to any and all suggestions offered1 there will be a time when you will be glad to accept them4 ,if you do not take to the suggestion1 pass it up1 but in all cases it pays to listen and act accordingly4 ,,simplicity4 ,there is nothing more 8fetching0 in a window than the simple artistic arrangement of a few attractive goods4 ,simplicity has been urged by almost every writer upon window trimming1 yet it is generally disregarded4 ,more err in crowding a window than in displaying insufficient goods4 ,a good background1 throwing out a few articles that are good values or distinct novelties1 may be relied upon to arrest the attention of the passing shopper4 ,it is poor policy to display expensive and inexpensive merchandise in the same window1 or to exhibit what is called a 8mixed0 window4 ,a crowded window bewilders the beholder1 and while he may admire the general arrangement and wealth of color1 no one item will sufficiently attract him to induce him to enter the store1 or will impress his mind so far that he will recollect it when occasion arises to purchase4 ,the most successful show windows are those where a few goods are well displayed4 ,it is bad advertising to display too many lines in one window4 ,the most effective window usually contains but one line of goods4 ,dress goods never show to advantage when mixed with other articles1 and silks and calicos1 in the same window1 each detract from the other4 ,special windows always win more attention1 and are more easily trimmed and more quickly changed when they have served their purpose4 ,,detail ,,and ,,workmanship4 ,i will here say a few words upon the subject of detail work in window trimming4 ,i have always found that anything which was worth doing at all was worth doing well4 ,it may take a little more time and cost a little more money1 but you will obtain the desired results in the end1 and your window will be the means of increased sales of the goods displayed4 ,i have had a great deal of experience with window trimmers1 and have found that the great majority of them do not pay that strict attention to detail which is so necessary in a perfectly dressed window4 ,they will say1 8,oh1 that is good enough10 8,no one will notice that10 etc41 when they detect some omission in the detail of the work4 ,but they are wrong1 for a great many of those whose attention is attracted to the display will as quickly note the defect as the skilled window trimmer himself4 ,one of the greatest troubles the window trimmer has to contend with is the lack of time necessary to do complete and perfect work4 ,the house wants the window changed1 and wants it immediately1 ignoring the fact that it requires time1 both to take out the old and put in the new display1 and on that account it is absolutely necessary that a great deal of the work should be done in the workshop before going into the window at all4 ,you may find a picture or model that would make a good subject for a novelty window of certain kinds of goods1 and it could be worked out in fine style if only sufficient time were given for detail work1 that is1 making all of the different parts of the subject in their proper place1 and leaving out of the work not the slightest detail necessary to make the finished work identically like the picture or model4 ,this would1 necessarily1 require considerable time and labor1 but when the trimmer gets advanced in the work he will become so interested that he will not be satisfied until he has it complete in detail4 ,the special efforts of the most successful window trimmers are directed toward the carrying out of the small details1 without which there can be no perfect specimen of the window trimmer's art1 and for lack of which so many windows present a crude and unfinished appearance4 ,,what ,,to ,,display4 ,the mission of the show window is not to display unsaleable goods1 but to sell goods4 ,if you can't make a pretty picture and sell goods at the same time let the picture go1 but make a display that will sell the goods4 ,but don't forget that if you can make the window attractive enough to arrest the gaze of the passerby your goods are half sold4 ,this may appear to you ambiguous at first1 but a little thought will teach you never to lose sight of the fact that goods must be sold1 and that an attractive window will help sell them4 ,but a 8picture window10 in which the value or utility of the goods is sacrificed to make the picture1 is not art1 but foolishness4 ,in the selection of goods for your window two classes are best4 ,first1 new goods1 of which there is ample stock2 for1 being new and seasonable1 they are in demand and can be sold with profit and the money reinvested4 ,second1 old goods which must be disposed of1 probably at a sacrifice1 in order that the money tied up in them may be used to better advantage4 ,these last are 8bargain0 windows and each article must bear its price ticket4 ,cut the price sufficiently to interest people4 ,bear in mind that these goods might lie on your shelves years without moving if there was no show window to dispose of them4 ,properly displayed and properly priced1 the show window will sell them like hot cakes1 even though they are old enough to have gray whiskers4 ,people dearly love bargains4 ,don't make the mistake of selecting a variety of goods for your display4 ,confine it to one line as much as possible1 and when that is impossible confine it to kindred lines4 ,you don't need so very many goods if you know how to display them4 ,some of the best windows ,i ever saw contained very few goods2 but1 bear in mind1 every piece stood out as distinctly as a wart on a man's nose4 ,at the same time a well-filled1 or 8stocky0 window1 as it is called1 frequently is quite as effective as any1 and a reputation for carrying a full stock is a desirable thing for any merchant4 ,unto them that have goods shall be given trade4 ,you can't sell what you haven't got4 ,,robbing ,,windows4 ,frequently a merchant finds his stock so reduced that the only size1 color or style of a certain article remaining is that displayed in his window trim4 ,when you have a call for such an article do not rob your window display1 but take the customer's name and address and agree to send the article ,c4 ,o4 ,d4 when you change your window4 ,this method has been adopted by all the large stores1 and has proven very satisfactory4 ,the effectiveness of your window remains unimpaired1 and usually a customer is willing to wait in order to secure the desired article4 ,in rare instances1 when there is danger of a good sale being lost1 this rule may be abrogated1 and the article taken from the display2 but if it is understood by your patrons that no goods will be removed from your windows until the trim is changed1 they will readily see the advisability of such action1 and be willing1 in most cases1 to wait a reasonable length of time4 ,,window ,,trimmers' ,,room4 ,every window trimmer should have a fair sized room for the sole purpose of keeping his fixtures1 wax figures1 a work bench1 etc4 ,it should have plenty of light1 with one portion set aside for ticket writing2 a place with a door to keep out the dust1 in which to keep his cardboard1 cut in the desired sizes for his use2 a place to keep wax figures when they are not in the windows 7dust proof stalls1 large enough for each figure1 are best72 a sign in the room to read1 8,a place for everything and everything in its place40 ,keep your room locked and carry the key in your pocket4 ,,tools4 ,a proper outfit or kit of tools is a necessity4 ,for carpenter work1 such as building your own framework1 you will require cross-cut and rip saws1 chisels1 screwdrivers1 awls and a hammer4 ,don't attempt to make very fine joints2 it is unnecessary1 since the frame will all be covered4 ,but be sure your work is substantial and will not pull apart4 ,in order to preserve your lumber for future use and to obtain strength in your structure1 use screws wherever possible1 first boring a hole with a small bit1 or1 if the material is thin1 using an awl to make the holes for your screws4 ,in your tool box have partitions for all sizes of screws1 nails and tacks1 and keep each size separate4 ,for upholstery work1 such as pleating1 puffing1 draping and covering the frame with cloth1 you will need a large pair of shears and an upholsterer's hammer1 which has a long1 extended head4 ,also provide yourself with a small pincushion1 #c or #d inches square1 and put a loop of tape on opposite corners4 ,these loops can be placed over two buttons of your vest1 to hold it firmly in place1 or you can pin the cushion by the loops to any part of your person4 ,don't loan your tools to anyone4 ,keep them locked up in your tool box4 ,carry the box into the window with you1 for then you have everything at hand you will be likely to need4 ,keep a supply of screw eyes and hooks1 wire and cord in your box1 for you will often need them4 ,tools for electrical work will be explained in the chapter on electrical designs4 ,,the ,,screen4 ,professional window trimmers prefer usually to work during the night or early morning1 when they are uninterrupted by either employes1 customers or curious groups who delight in watching them from without4 ,it is1 however1 often necessary to work during the day1 and in this case a screen of muslin or cambric is stretched across the window to insure privacy4 ,this screen is almost a necessity to the merchants in smaller cities1 where all work is done in daytime1 and may be utilized to good advantage in attracting the curiosity of passers-by4 ,one merchant we know of has painted across his screen in big1 black letters1 8,watch ,this ,window60 ,another uses the following3 8,we are ,getting ,ready to ,surprise ,you40 ,and still another3 8,this ,window is ,dead ,to-day1 but will be ,alive ,to-morrow60 ,many texts may be selected1 but a sign of some sort upon the window screen is certainly a good advertisement4 ,,open ,,window ,,trimming4 ,many decorators of late have found a distinct advantage in leaving shades up and dispensing with screens4 ,they work in plain view of the crowds that congregate to watch them4 ,this would be embarrassing to the beginner or the modest man1 but its advantage lies in being an added attraction for the store4 ,people are often curious to know how a window display is built up and arranged1 and enjoy watching the workman4 ,often the people attracted are the loafers of a town1 and those who1 having no business of their own1 would not be likely to bring business to the store4 ,but in cities where the streets are crowded1 the open window may be considered a distinct attraction to the casual observer and the general public4 ,the last three chapters are preparatory to the real work of decorating1 and should be read with care by the student of the art4 ,,chapter ,,iv4 ,,framework4 ,the beginning of any work is always its most important period4 ,begin right and you may succeed2 begin wrong and you are certain to fail4 ,when a window display is conceived in the fertile brain of the artist1 his first work is to erect the framework for his creation4 ,he must have something to build upon4 ,many trimmers--even some experienced ones who ought to know better--go to the wood pile when they wish to erect a framework4 ,i advise every one to carry on hand a stock of standard pieces for frames4 ,almost any one who can handle a saw can make them himself1 but a carpenter may be employed where necessary4 ,not a great variety of pieces are required1 and the number of them depends on how many windows you have to trim4 ,but with a supply of the regulation standard pieces you may construct an endless array of arches1 pillars1 shelving1 centerpieces1 pedestals1 etc4 ,the trimmer who is driven to attack the wood pile when he starts to make a display is not only to be pitied1 but is badly handicapped in his work4 ,the amount of time consumed in building each special fixture in your window is detrimental to profitable trimming1 and annoying to yourself and your employer4 ,a well equipped fixture room is a money maker1 as well as a time and labor saver4 ,the first system of standard pieces ,i will explain is that adapted and invented by the veteran decorator1 ,charles ,w4 ,morton4 ,it is very simple4 ,in many cases these fixtures for framework may be covered and trimmed in your room1 in sections1 and afterwards taken to the window1 where they are easily put together4 ,this is a wonderful assistance in making a rapid change4 ,these standard pieces are mostly made of half inch wood1 and are covered with black cambric or painted4 ,they are light in weight1 strong and durable4 ,each piece represents a useful stand in itself1 and there is no limit to the variety of designs obtainable4 ,the following is a brief description of the pieces3 ,nos4 #a1 #b and #c on the first illustration are pedestals 7or boxes74 ,the size of smallest is one foot square 7or a cube74 ,the second size is one foot square and two feet high4 ,the largest size is one foot square and three feet high4 ,no4 #d is a circle1 two feet six inches in diameter1 and made of #a-;inch board4 ,no4 #e is a half circular stand1 three feet high and one foot six inches in diameter1 and covered with heavy paper4 ,no4 #f is what ,i call a cap4 ,it measures one foot square at small end1 three feet square at large end1 and one foot six inches deep4 ,it is a good fixture for laces1 embroideries or notions4 ,no4 #g is a #a-;inch pine board1 one foot wide and eight feet long1 or any length suitable for the window to be trimmed4 ,no4 #h is a round pillar1 eight inches in diameter1 and three feet six inches high4 ,no4 #i is a cap1 eight inches in diameter at bottom1 twelve inches at top1 and ten inches high4 ,no4 #aj is three half circles1 each made one foot square1 and boxed in1 the small one measuring three feet six inches in diameter 7outside measurement74 ,the second one is five feet six inches in diameter1 and the largest half circle seven feet six inches in diameter4 ,no4 #aa is a half circle box1 one foot high and two feet in diameter4 ,the pyramid is one foot square at the base1 and two feet high4 ,the second illustration shows a few devices1 made of -inch wood1 and measure about three feet high1 and will suggest themselves for showing many lines1 such as notions1 jewelry1 cutlery1 hardware1 etc4 ,the other illustrations give you a few examples of the many designs obtainable from this modern combination fixture4 ,another set of standard pieces which has been quite largely used and is recommended by many decorators1 is illustrated below4 ,the first illustration shows how to make pillars1 stands1 etc4 ,they will need little explanation1 but ,i will mention1 for example1 that ,a is made from two circular pieces of wood1 #a1 joined together by strips of wood1 or lath4 ,these circular pieces are very useful4 ,the cone1 ,c1 is made by connecting the pieces #e and #c by strips or lath4 ,d is a standard having #c for its top4 ,f is a useful stand employing the pieces #a to #e connected by short standards4 ,illustration3 ,,standard ,,pieces ,,for ,,framework--,,first ,,illustration4 ,illustration3 ,,standard ,,pieces ,,for ,,framework--,,second ,,illustration4 ,illustration3 ,,standard ,,pieces ,,for ,,framework--,,third ,,illustration4 ,illustration3 ,,how ,,to ,,make ,,pillars1 ,,stands1 ,,shelves1 ,,etc4 ,one thing is important4 ,do not use nails larger than is necessary to hold the structure together4 ,many novices spike their pieces together as firmly as if they were to endure to the end of time1 and the consequence is that many pieces are broken and destroyed in taking the framework apart4 ,temporary security is all that is required1 and by the exercise of a little care the frames will last for years4 ,illustration3 ,,how ,,to ,,use ,,circles4 ,the second illustration shows the use of circles for arches1 domes1 etc41 which may be built into a bewildering variety of effects4 ,the stock pieces required are the full circle1 ,a1 the half circle1 ,b1 and the quarter circle1 ,c4 ,these should be sawed from #a-;inch lumber1 in a variety of sizes1 and in connection with the uprights1 for pillars1 will enable you to make any sort of arch or dome you may desire4 ,illustration3 ,,how ,,to ,,make ,,stairs4 ,the third illustration depicts the most useful centerpieces and fixtures known in window trimming4 ,the stairs1 or shelves1 may be taken down and used in a variety of windows1 and the same will apply to the other fixtures shown4 ,illustration3 ,,frames1 ,,backgrounds ,,and ,,center-,,pieces4 ,illustration3 ,,easter-,,emblems4 ,all the frames described are best made of pine1 as soft wood is easier to tack or pin to4 ,provided they are perfect in form1 they need not be well finished1 as they will be covered with puffings1 pleatings and draperies4 ,these pieces may be added to by the preparation of smaller ones to be used as shown in the fourth and fifth illustrations4 ,these can be used in almost endless variety and occasions will often arise when a corner or section of your window will appear bare1 and may be furnished with some small1 attractive design made from your stock pieces4 ,however1 the first set of fixtures described is recommended as the most perfect and therefore the best for general use4 ,,chapter ,v4 ,,harmony ,,of ,,colors4 ,after erecting the framework the decorator proceeds to cover it1 in order to complete his background4 ,but before doing this the harmony of color must be considered1 as the real success of his window will depend upon the good taste and arrangement of the colors employed4 ,no man need be frightened at facing this frequent bugbear to the novice3--color harmony4 ,any one will readily understand it after reading this chapter4 8,what is color80 you ask4 ,nothing but common daylight deprived of some of its wonderful properties4 ,when this is understood the subject is robbed of its terrors1 for we know we are facing a natural effect1 and nature is simplicity itself4 ,when light strikes any object1 such as a blade of grass or leaf1 the rays of white light are separated or decomposed2 part are absorbed by the grass or leaf and the others reflected to the eye1 causing the sensation of color2 in this case green1 the grass or leaf having reflected the blue and yellow rays and absorbed the red4 ,to understand this thoroughly a little scientific experiment will demonstrate clearly4 ,go into a dark room1 shutters1 doors1 etc41 closed tight4 ,now make a very small hole through a shutter to the outer daylight1 when a fine pencil of light will penetrate the darkness4 ,into this ray of light place a prism of glass1 when the ray1 after passing through the prism1 will be diverged and separated1 showing the solar spectrum in all its beauty4 ,the colors thus shown are the elementary colors of white light1 commonly called the 8primary0 colors4 ,the red1 blue1 and yellow are the most dominant in the spectrum1 and in consequence always understood when we speak of 8primary0 colors2 the intermediate rays shade into the various colors of the spectrum and are called 8complimentary colors40 ,they show all the tints of the rainbow1 which is in fact a gigantic solar spectrum4 ,the blade of grass has appropriated the red rays of the spectrum 7or light7 and leaves us only the blue and yellow1 which1 being reflected and blended1 give us the sensation of green instead of white4 ,every color affects the eye 7or optic nerve7 with a different vibration1 which enables the optic nerve to inform the brain of the color4 ,in this way we get the sensation of color4 ,black is the absence of all color2 that is to say1 it absorbs all the rays and returns none4 ,white is the reflection of all the rays1 none being absorbed4 ,the 8primary colors10 red1 blue1 and yellow1 have their 8secondary colors10 which is the combination of any two primaries2 as a mixture of blue and red make purple1 the complementary 7or contrast7 of yellow1 blue and yellow make green1 which makes red the complementary or contrast4 ,yellow and red make orange1 the complementary of blue4 ,the secondary colors are therefore purple1 green and orange4 ,the tertiary colors are those obtained by a mixture of all the primary colors 7one proportion of which produces black71 making what are called 8broken tones40 ,the 8secondary colors10 produced as above1 make the perfect contrast or complementary colors of the primary set1 and the 8tertiary colors10 or 8broken tones10 produced as above1 enable us to carry out harmony effects4 ,no harmony of color is perfect unless it contains all three primaries in some proportion or other4 ,thus1 green 7blue and yellow7 and red are correct1 having the three primaries in the composition4 ,for simplicity ,i will not go into shades1 which are simply lighter tints of the primary colors2 but ,i may add that in harmony of color the color value or intensity of the shades must be carefully noted1 to be effective2 that is1 a brilliant orange 7red and yellow7 will not be complementary to light blue1 but would be correct with blue of same intensity4 ,all the innumerable shades or tones are produced from the three primary colors1 by reducing the strength of tint2 that is1 making it lighter1 and the tones are produced by admixture of black1 etc41 or1 rather1 the admixture of the three primary colors1 in different proportions1 lowering the tone1 and making lighter4 ,thus all the shades are made1 each having its proper complementary color or contrast4 ,all colors1 when brought into close proximity1 affect each other by reflection or absorption1 and the nearer they are in tone the more they will suffer4 ,the difference in tone should be considerable1 or a neutral line of black1 white or gray placed between them2 otherwise you have reds in proximity to blue appearing yellow1 the complementary of red and blue4 ,red in proximity to green 7its complementary7 is purer and brighter4 ,red in proximity to black becomes duller4 ,red in proximity to white appears lighter 7pink74 ,red in proximity to gray becomes brighter2 so that the same red will appear of different shades according to its arrangement with regard to other colors adjacent4 ,the same law governs the arrangement of all colors4 ,if red and white are placed in contact1 the white becomes tinged with the complementary of red 7green71 and the red appears deeper and brighter4 ,white placed beside a color strengthens its tone4 ,black dulls it4 ,black surfaces appear faintly tinted with the complementary of the adjacent color1 because of its low reflective power4 ,black and white are commonly said to be complementary to each other1 and to harmonize with all the other colors4 ,,the ,,window4 ,our first consideration is the background4 ,white is too harsh for general work1 but is good when the window is so dark that it makes much glare and reflection4 ,in this case it will heighten the light1 render the display more distinct1 and assist in avoiding reflections4 ,black 7flat or gloss7 painting of the interior1 or a black cloth background1 is objectionable because it makes the window a veritable 8camera obscura0 and reflects everything4 ,it also renders the colors of the goods dull or broken4 ,something between white and black will therefore be found better1 such as a warm ,french gray 7if painted1 flat of course71 not light enough to appear nearly white1 but as nearly 8neutral0 as possible4 ,a background like this will brighten up most colors to some extent1 and will not interfere with any adjacent color4 ,it also assists in avoiding reflections and glare4 ,in the arrangement of your window there are two points to keep in mind1 the 8near view10 which takes in only one window1 or part of it1 and the 8further view10 which will embrace the entire trim1 making all the windows as one4 ,in the front part of the window take care of the harmony1 or contrast1 and only use such colors as are not a light shade of compound color1 such as lavender1 etc41 which are easily faded4 ,for the second row arrange it so that when viewed over or between it and the first row1 you get a proper contrast1 harmony or broken tone1 that will act as a 8neutral0 and avoid 8killing0 the three colors at once4 ,the arrangement by contrast is usually the best and easiest4 ,the 8further view0 should not have any startling color effect at one end1 and nothing to balance it at the other1 but should have a similar effect of harmony or color4 ,when the center is of lower or broken tones1 usually esteemed neutral1 or if there be three color effects1 make them one of harmony and two of contrast1 or vice versa4 ,relieve them with neutral colors1 and add a touch of ribbon1 flowers1 etc41 of the complementary neutral1 to arrest the eye a moment4 ,to decide the color of a fabric1 study what colors it is composed of4 ,then it becomes easy to find the complementary4 ,for instance1 a fabric of dull green 7broken tone7 with an allover pattern of black1 covering #be per cent of the surface will amount to very dull green2 but if the black covers #ge per cent of the surface1 it will be a greenish black1 although the green will appear more prominent than it really is1 the black being non-luminous1 or a poor reflector4 ,in light shades care must be taken to define the color1 as pink1 yellow or rose cast1 light blue1 green or purple cast4 ,inattention to this will mar the color effect1 as the complementary selected will most likely be incorrect4 ,it is well always to remember that there are but three primary or elementary colors 7red1 yellow and blue-green71 and that there cannot be harmony of color arrangement if either one is wanting4 ,also that the distinction of harmony depends on the predominance of one1 and the subordination of the other two4 ,a ,,color ,,chart4 ,in order to be sure that your color combinations are harmonious1 the accompanying diagram of a 8color scheme0 will be a safe guide4 ,color combinations are governed by set laws1 and1 as is the case with all other natural laws1 it is both foolish and disastrous to ignore them4 ,the center of the chart is white1 for white harmonizes with any color4 ,the most distinct combinations are found by consulting the extremities of each straight line1 whether dotted or plain4 ,but every dotted line will harmonize with every other dotted line as well1 and these are the combinations of strong colors4 ,the triangle connects the three basic colors1 blue1 red and yellow1 which are distinct contrasts4 ,the other plain lines show the tints which harmonize together1 but not with strong colors4 ,if ever in doubt as to a suitable combination1 consult the chart4 ,by following the directions of its lines you cannot fail to be right4 ,illustration ,,matching ,,chart4 ,the following color chart is used by some trimmers for matching colors4 ,as already explained1 the modern window calls for a variety of colorings1 and it is in the matching of these colors1 such as the compound shades1 drabs1 buffs1 sages1 with their different hues1 that considerable work and patience is called for4 ,with such colors as these a number of points are to be considered before a definite conclusion can be obtained4 ,some of the shades1 for example1 are very sensitive to the various qualities of daylight4 ,a dark1 cloudy day1 a sunny1 bright day1 a hazy day1 etc41 all have their effect upon the colorings in the window design4 ,there are other conditions which come in to interfere with the proposed color adjustment of the window trimmer4 ,colors may appear so and so to the eye when placed in the design with certain other colors4 ,a blue setting1 for instance1 may match each other if the combination includes several shades of blue4 ,when the design is placed in its place in the window1 alongside of a yellow1 for example1 the yellow offsets certain of the blue shades1 producing tints of a yellowish green of some of the blues1 while blueish greens are developed in others4 ,this1 of course1 disorders the proposed color plan and the result is discouraging unless it is known how to overcome or avoid such troubles4 ,furthermore1 certain colors which match by daylight are made quite the reverse as soon as the electric light or the gas light is turned on in the window4 ,all this is perplexing to the window artist1 but there are remedies4 ,use charts #a1 #b and #c4 ,in the first are the standard color chart line1 ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d1 ,e1 ,f1 ,g and ,h4 ,these represent the color lines of the solar spectrum4 ,along the side of the chart are figures #a1 #b and #c4 ,the first indicates the absorption spectrum of yellow color4 ,by following the chart lines it will be seen that this yellow absorbs violet and blue1 while it transmits red1 green and yellow4 ,in #b we can see that the blue which this division represents absorbs orange red1 yellow green and yellow1 and transmits blue1 violet and part of the green4 ,division #c represents green1 which results as a combination of the two former divisions4 ,in ,fig4 #b is a chart for representing the absorption of ruby glass and a single green shade4 ,in this it can be seen that division #a involves transmission of the red in ,a to the orange red in ,c1 and the remaining colors are absorbed4 ,in #b is an absorption of all the colors except green1 yellow green1 blue and blue violet4 ,in #c is the result of combining the colors1 in which case this setting permits no rays to pass1 resulting in full black or darkness4 ,in chart #c is another plan for color setting in which #a indicates the absorption spectrum of yellow1 #b in which violet shows the absorption in yellow and yellow green1 #c the compound of green rays with the absorption of the remainder of the spectrum4 ,illustration3 ,,chart #a ,,an ,,eye ,,for ,,colors4 ,a window trimmer who has an eye for color is usually able to group colors quite satisfactorily without the assistance of charts and regulations1 but there are very few who possess the qualification1 although perhaps many think they do4 ,the reason that many suppose this is because the color plan of their window is pleasing to their own eyes1 though it may be distasteful to others4 ,hence the necessity of applying to color charts1 etc41 to avoid discords to the eye of the practiced colorist4 ,if you seek to produce white light from any of the color rays1 add thereto the complementary ray4 ,if yellow be absorbed the resultant color will be violet4 ,if blue and yellow rays are absorbed the reflected ray will be red4 ,if red is absorbed then we get green4 ,if yellow and red be absorbed the result will be a blue4 ,in window trimming two colors of striped goods placed in juxtaposition will always heighten each other's color effect4 ,suppose that two stripes of a certain color fabric are arranged parallel with two stripes of another color it will be seen that the color of the four stripes differ if we look at them from a certain distance4 ,this is because the coloring of the two inside stripes serve as terms of comparison to judge the modifications of these two interior stripes in their juxtaposition4 ,for example1 it will be found that red will be modified1 inclining to violet1 and orange is modified inclining to yellow1 when the stripes are made up of red and orange4 ,if we use a combination of blue and violet in a window design we will find that the blue will be modified to a greenish blue1 and the violet to a reddish color4 ,it is a good idea to cut out some four-inch wide strips of fabric and experiment1 before going ahead with your color scheme4 ,,chapter ,,vi4 ,,material ,,for ,,backgrounds4 ,not less important than the framework is the background and the decoration of your framework4 ,indeed1 many trimmers regard the subject of backgrounds as the most important in window trimming4 ,there is a distinction between framework and background1 although the frame often constitutes the backing of a portion of your window4 ,thus1 a step1 a table1 or anything that supports the goods1 is a part of the framework4 ,an arch1 puffed and pleated to make up your picture1 is part of your background4 ,a background may be upholstered in any fabric from cheesecloth to velvet1 or it may be a painted scene1 or an imitation of nature1 or simply covered with wall paper1 or panelled to represent a room4 ,it is the frame to your picture1 and all pictures cannot be framed alike4 ,of fabrics1 cheesecloth is most in vogue4 ,it is pretty1 easily worked1 and cheap4 ,whatever color or combination is selected1 you must use to cover your floor1 your framework1 and the backing wherever it is visible from the front4 ,it may be simply spread over your woodwork1 or pleated1 or puffed2 and the same material may be used for draperies where they are required4 ,the best effect is obtained by using light color or even plain white1 and edging with a darker color that is harmonious1 or a darker shade of the same color4 ,white goods require a dark backing as a foil2 dark goods of all kinds require a light backing4 ,of course there are exceptions4 ,pure white goods are effectively shown on a backing of cream or any other delicate tint4 ,some people have said that cheesecloth is not appropriate for backgrounds1 and recommended richer fabrics4 ,a few trimmers for large and wealthy concerns have obtained permission to use expensive drapery in the place of cheesecloth1 and are covering their backgrounds with plushes1 raw silks1 satins and upholstery goods4 ,these make the windows appear rich1 but not especially attractive4 ,they are stiff and unpliable and must hang loosely in draping4 ,the risk of loss in soiling will not allow of using light colors1 and the dark shades and figured goods soon become tame to the spectators4 ,they are not nearly so effective a foil to merchandise as cheesecloth4 ,only the richest goods can be used with such backgrounds1 for ordinary goods would look very cheap by comparison4 ,it is true cheesecloth is a flimsy1 cheap material1 looking very coarse upon close inspection1 but it is an ideal cloth for decorations4 ,it lends itself to puffing1 pleating and all modes of draping with great pliability4 ,it is made in every tint and color4 ,it has a way of rendering itself unobtrusive while serving as a capital foil for almost any grade of merchandise4 ,and it is cheap4 ,find any other material which has these qualifications1 and trimmers will readily adopt it4 ,many houses cannot afford more expensive material4 ,cheesecloth has figured prominently in the evolution of show windows4 ,had merchants been forced to adopt a more expensive material for backgrounds and floor coverings1 it is probable that many of them would not be decorating their windows even to-day4 ,then1 its bright and varied colorings allow of many combinations and perfect harmony4 ,it makes a window attractive enough to stop pedestrians1 who1 glancing at the display1 unconsciously note that the goods on exhibition are thrown prominently into the foreground1 while the coloring that made them pause has modestly retired1 and serves only as a foil for the articles of merchandise4 ,jewelry1 bric-a-brac and silverware assuredly need a richer background to display them harmoniously2 but cheesecloth is appropriate for nine-tenths of the window trims throughout the country1 and there is absolutely nothing to take its place4 ,,fireproof ,,decorations4 ,not infrequently we hear of a bad fire occasioned by draperies or decorations catching from a lighted match or other similar cause1 the inflammable nature of the material used causing a rapid spread of flames and consequent damage to property4 ,whether this occasions great loss of life1 as was the case at the great bazaar in ,paris1 or is a minor blaze1 such as often occurs in a window when a lighted gas jet approaches too near the trimmings1 such accidents are desirable to avoid4 ,quite recently a method has been discovered of treating material used to decorate halls1 booths and windows1 which absolutely precludes the possibility of a blaze4 ,the material is simply dipped into a solution of tungstate of soda and allowed to dry4 ,bunting1 cheesecloth and other material so treated are slow burning when ignited1 and never blaze up4 ,therefore they are easily extinguished and cannot readily set fire to woodwork or other substances4 ,no hall or booth where people congregate should be decorated without using this simple and effective precaution against fire1 and all loss in a show window may be avoided in like manner4 ,the solution does not injure the fabric4 ,,chapter ,,vii4 ,,planning ,a ,,window4 ,there are two ways to plan a window4 ,one is to draw on paper a diagram of your framework and lay out your plan as carefully as an architect will design a house4 ,another is to plan as you build1 and gradually add to your window until it is completely trimmed4 ,both ways are practiced by the best trimmers1 and each method has been defended by its votaries as the best4 ,at first thought it would seem best to make a plan of your window1 but sometimes it will not look as well when completed as the plan would seem to indicate4 ,and1 again1 if you build up a window without any forethought1 it is just as liable to be a disappointment as a success4 ,perhaps it is best to have some plan formulated if only in your mind1 and then work as closely to it as your window and your material will allow4 ,if you see a chance to improve it as you work1 you may easily do so4 ,often ,i have carefully thought out a window1 and1 after fairly starting1 changed its plan by degrees until it was totally different from what ,i had first intended4 ,for a symmetrical window a centerpiece is always necessary4 ,it may be an arch1 a pair of steps1 a circular recess1 or whatever you choose1 but the center is always the most important point of your trim4 ,good windows are sometimes made by building out the sides uniformly and drawing them toward the center1 but it requires much skill to do this successfully1 and even then you cannot ignore the center1 where the eye of the observer rests first and most frequently4 ,this is the reason a small window is often as effective as a large one4 ,a large window can1 of course1 show more goods and more detail1 but all this is accessory to the centerpiece1 and the main idea of any big window can always be reproduced in a smaller one by leaving out some of the details and accessories1 and1 perhaps1 reducing the size of the centerpiece4 ,circles or sections of circles are best for frameworks1 as nothing is so graceful as a circle4 ,squares1 triangles1 etc41 are stiff as compared to circles1 and are difficult to trim4 ,even steps1 or series of shelving1 are best made in circular form4 ,pillars are useful in many ways4 ,they support arches or platforms1 and may be used independently for many lines of goods4 ,aim to have the heaviest part of your trim in the center4 ,the extreme sides1 or ends1 of your window may be next heaviest or fullest4 ,between the center and the ends the trim should be lightest2 but this depends considerably on the shape of your window and the character of the trim4 ,if you have no judgment don't attempt to trim windows4 ,aside from an artistic eye and deft workmanship the only other requisite of a successful trimmer is common sense4 ,do not place your trim too near the window pane1 as it destroys the effect of the best display4 ,unless goods are very small indeed they will look better the farther they are removed from the pane4 ,the floor space in front of the main trim may always be utilized to good advantage4 ,and1 speaking of floors1 ,i am not in favor of what are called 8floor trims0 in any line of merchandise4 ,they do not attract one unless he deliberately stops to gaze into a window1 and few people do that in this busy age4 ,raise your trim to the center of the window1 even if it is composed of small wares1 and then it will arrest the gaze of the passerby4 ,the suggestions ,i have offered are of necessity general in their scope1 and ,i advise you to study all the good windows you may see4 ,don't be content to copy them1 however1 but improve upon them4 ,some other man's idea will frequently give you an idea of your own that is vastly better4 ,originality alone does not always win4 ,it is better to copy a good window than to originate a poor one4 ,and to originate a good window is better yet4 ,where the window dresser is required as a salesman during the day1 the decorating is done late in the evening1 when a screen is not at all necessary4 ,,chapter ,,viii4 ,,show ,,window ,,upholstery4 ,,how ,,to ,,drape4 ,unless a window dresser is thoroughly conversant with the art of draping he will not be recognized as accomplished4 ,yet there are many professional trimmers who1 it must be admitted1 create wonders in their line while unable to put up an effective drape4 ,this statement may be denied by many trimmers1 and it surely sounds rather strange4 ,however1 ,i wish to argue on this subject and shall at the same time endeavor to give those not fully posted on the knack of draping some practical hints and suggestions4 ,if a man in a smaller town who takes care of the show windows is not acquainted with this branch of trimming1 you need not feel surprised1 as he has little or no chance to see and learn4 ,it is naturally easier for him to learn pleating1 puffing1 and to make his wooden fixtures1 than to put up an artistic drape1 simply because he can acquire great ability and skill in these lines of work without being instructed1 while many men will never learn how to drape until they are shown how to do it4 ,draping is the foundation of the art of window trimming4 ,there is no window in which some kind of a drape could not be applied to good advantage4 ,it gives the window an artistic and pleasing effect and is always appropriate4 ,draping is as old as the history of decorating itself1 and it will never become old fashioned4 ,while the prettiest and most artistic effects are produced by draping1 it is simple in itself1 and1 as in some tricks1 8easy if you know how40 ,,plain ,,festoon ,,drapery4 ,one edge of the fabric is first pinned along the line to be draped1 the distance being spaced equally1 and it is an advantage to have little wooden spindles projecting a few inches1 where each rosette would come1 so that the material hangs clear of the wall instead of flat against it4 ,whatever the distance is between the pins1 two or three times the same length of cloth should be allowed to make the festoon4 ,about eight or ten inches below the pin the material is tied together tightly with a piece of string1 the surplus material thus gathered together being for the purpose of forming the rosette4 ,removing the pin1 the cloth is lifted up and the pin inserted at the same place again1 but in such a way as to hold the fabric just where the knot was tied4 ,tacks may be more easily managed than pins4 ,the rosette finally almost forms itself1 as the bunch of surplus fabric is simply turned inside out1 and pulled or patted into shape4 ,the process is quite simple1 and should be clearly understood by an inspection of the drawing1 which shows at one end the fabric pinned up2 the next loop has the string tied around it1 and the third is finished with a neat rosette1 the folds of the fabric hanging in a graceful cascade4 ,illustration ,quite recently a drapery hook has been invented which forms the rosettes automatically1 thus simplifying the above process4 ,,combination ,,drapery4 ,the drape shown in the first illustration consists of cheesecloth and is constructed in the following way3 ,take a thin bendable strip of wood1 perhaps to by #a inch1 fix the lengths according to the size of your window1 puff it with cheesecloth1 bend it into the shape of a semi-circle1 and place it in the center of your window4 ,you may place it horizontally1 vertically or slanting1 to suit your fancy4 ,if your window measures #c yards1 take from #i to #ab yards of cheesecloth and allow #a to #b yards extra on each side to hang down4 ,the festoons as shown in the sketch require about #c times as much cloth as the distance from one rosette to the next one4 ,if you desire to drape deeper1 allow about four times as much cloth instead of #c or #c times as much for the festoons4 ,take the piece of cloth1 divide it in two equal parts and pin it up at the middle by the edge1 on the center of the semi-circle4 ,after this form the festoons one after the other1 one to right and one to left4 ,the rosettes are made in this manner3 ,after the cloth is pinned up and divided as indicated1 take hold of it at about one foot below the pins1 fold it into many pleats1 each about #a inch wide1 lift the cloth up to the pin and drive a second pin through the pleats1 thus pinning it against the background4 ,this leaves a bunch of cloth for the rosette1 which you turn inside out1 pull it apart and form it into the shape of a rose4 ,after you have made the second rosette the festoon has formed itself almost to perfection1 and if not your fingers must help out and complete the process by pulling and pushing the folds into proper shape1 which is then easily done4 ,the other part of the drape in our first sketch is like the one ,no4 #c1 and will be treated later4 ,the sections ,no4 #a;a and ,no4 #a;b are made of separate pieces of cloth thrown over a short piece of curtain pole1 which is projected about a foot from the background4 ,these sections are more adaptable to silk drapery and require a square piece of very wide cloth1 not narrower than #cf inches4 ,to construct ,no4 #a;a this piece of cloth is laid upon the counter in diamond shape--like a napkin--and the cloth turned over from either end into wide pleats to and fro until the extreme points are thus folded4 ,no4 #a;b is the same with the only difference that the diamond shaped piece of cloth is folded or cut into triangle shape and folded only from one side4 ,these pieces1 thus prepared1 are folded again in the middle and thrown over the fixture1 showing only one-half of their entire length4 ,if you wish to have them reach down lower take a longer piece of cloth1 cut the ends into diamond or triangle shape and proceed the same way4 ,the effect of this style of draping is greatly increased by trimming the edges with tassels or fringes4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a;a ,drape ,no4 #b is one of the most effective1 and consists of two pieces of cheesecloth1 silkaline or light silk4 ,two contrasting but harmonizing colors are very desirable4 ,it is the plain festoon and rosette drape projected from the wall by heavy knitting needles4 ,these you drive in first and start with pinning up your cloth at one end 7right end first7 and continue with it until the left end is reached4 ,when commencing with the second bolt of cloth do not unroll any more of it at the time than necessary to push the bolt alternately through the loops of the first piece4 ,after you have thus covered your background1 proceed to form the rosettes2 pull1 push and pat the folds of the drape into proper shape and you have produced a pretty and artistic effect4 ,drape ,no4 #c can only be constructed with heavy plush-velour or rich drapery silk or any goods with two right sides--as both sides are shown--unless you cut the goods4 ,it consists1 like ,no4 #b1 of two pieces1 and an endless variety of different designs may be formed with this style of drapery4 ,the sections ,no4 #a;a and ,no4 #a;b are very appropriate with this drape1 and separate rosettes1 heavy silk cords1 tassels and fringes will greatly enrich it4 ,to put up this drape requires more skill and taste than the former two1 as1 unless it is executed to perfection it is unattractive4 ,throw your goods over a curtain pole projected from the background and let the first end drop down to the floor4 ,then fold the goods carefully into about #d to #g folds and form the loops as shown in illustration without ever letting the folds become uneven or irregular1 something which is more difficult to avoid than the sketch exposes4 ,all in all1 draping is easily learned1 and no ambitious amateur will rest until he has acquired full ability to put up an artistic drape4 ,,how ,,to ,,puff4 ,it will take about four times the length and width of cloth to puff any given space4 ,if your background is #ab feet long and #c feet wide it will require four strips each a yard wide and #dh feet long4 ,very coarse puffing may be made by using as little as three times the amount of cloth that will cover the space1 but for puffing such as is shown in our illustration four times the amount is required4 ,illustration ,there are two ways to puff4 ,for large spaces it is quicker and cheaper to cover the backing with bookbinder's paste1 and puff upon that4 ,always begin at the left-hand upper corner4 ,turn the edge of your cloth1 to start with for1 raw edges always look badly4 ,support the cloth with your right hand1 and with the left spread out your thumb and fingers and claw the cloth together into an irregular puffed effect4 ,do not be too particular about each handful--the total effect will be all right4 ,work quickly and your puffing will be more uniform than when done cautiously and slowly4 ,illustration ,if you are not covering a very large space it is best to pin your puffing4 ,start the same as directed for pasted puffing4 ,fasten a small pincushion1 well covered with pins1 to your vest1 and use a small upholsterer's hammer to tack with4 ,keep the hammer in your right hand4 ,push up the cloth and pin it1 driving the pin in lightly with your hammer4 ,be sure to puff close enough to hide the pins4 ,,puffing ,,for ,,headings ,,and ,,ornamental ,,designs4 ,first take cloth or bunting1 fold into #i-;inch strips1 fasten end to wall or counter by small wire nail 7with head filed off and pointed71 take other end1 pull tight and fasten at first2 next take sharp knife or scissors 7knife preferable7 and cut along folds to end4 7,this will give you a straight1 clean edge47 ,take #i-;inch strips1 pleat into small pleats and fasten as in beginning1 step back eight or ten feet1 place pin into pleats1 then start at beginning or end and pin every five or six inches apart and so on full length of cloth4 ,this may be made day previous to using in window4 ,now to apply it to design1 start at right hand corner and tack pins every three inches apart1 or according to size of puffs desired1 continue until all is on1 then start at beginning and pull out puffs4 ,when completed you will find that your puffs are even and of a uniform size1 and the time taken will be a great deal less than anticipated4 ,this puffing can be used on every shaped design imaginable and with very best of results4 ,,the ,,shogran ,,puffing4 ,this wonderfully popular and useful puffing is named after its inventor1 ,leonard ,shogran4 ,illustration ,i feel confident the usefulness and labor saving qualities of this idea1 together with the neat and artistic effect which can be obtained by its use1 will be appreciated by all my readers4 ,in connection herewith ,i wish to state1 that the value and usefulness of this decorating device is becoming so pronounced that many decorators have begun to use it almost exclusively to give a finished effect to their decorations1 where cheesecloth is used4 ,the reason of this popularity is no doubt due to the fact that with it a display can be beautifully finished in one-tenth the time consumed in puffing the old way4 ,this puffing is the result of a great deal of scheming as to how to lessen the time and labor in finishing up a job of cheesecloth work4 ,it is generally done by taking the cheesecloth loosely in the hand and pinning or tacking it in position1 representing small rosettes1 the tiresome and tedious operation of which every window trimmer will admit4 ,illustration ,i have used this puffing with telling effect in building booths and floats and decorating halls1 etc4 ,in short1 it has become an indispensable article with me1 as well as all who have learned to use it4 ,in preparing this puffing1 tear a length of ten-cent cheesecloth into eight strips or1 if wider puffing is desired1 tear it into six strips1 according to width wanted4 ,sew them into tubes1 or what ,i would call long sleeves1 and turn them on a thin stick or rod1 so the ragged edges will be on the inside4 ,then full them over a strip of muslin about one and one-half inches wide1 and thus the article is made4 ,illustration ,if you wish to use it in covering the ragged edge of some pleated work1 where tacks and pins are usually in plain view1 fasten one end of the muslin strip at a point where you intend to begin1 then draw the puffing back about two feet from where you fastened the muslin2 then we draw the puffing over it nicely1 not too full1 and fasten the puffed part in place2 next1 draw the surplus puffing back another two feet1 and repeat the operation2 and so on until finished4 ,an illustration of this will be found in the accompanying sketches4 ,should the strip of muslin prove too short1 pin another to it1 and draw the puffing over4 ,the sketches will give an idea of how easily it can be draped and festooned1 or worked into any artistic scroll or design the inventive mind of a decorator may dictate4 ,illustration ,decorators who try this idea will be surprised to see how quickly the goods can be made and applied4 ,the seam is sewn very rapidly on a sewing machine1 and it is a pleasure to work with this ever ready and very pliable material4 ,,edges4 ,pleated backgrounds with puffed edges are very popular4 ,to puff an edge use about one-third or one-half the width of your material1 and puff and pin as before directed1 taking care to turn under all the raw edges1 or better yet1 use the ,shogran puffing4 ,there is upon the market a prepared puffing of colored and white cheesecloth1 sewn upon strips of heavy paper4 ,it is sold at a small advance over the cost of raw material4 ,when you wish to put in a window in a hurry this prepared puffing is valuable2 but ,i advise everyone to learn the art of puffing1 for only by being able to do all the detail work yourself can you become a successful trimmer1 and wholly independent of the supply houses4 ,,to ,,make ,,sunbursts4 ,a 8,sunburst0 is the effect created by a form of pleating radiating in all directions from a central point4 ,sunbursts1 while they look difficult to make1 are comparatively easy4 ,it matters not what shape you wish to construct1 whether round or square1 the system is always the same4 ,first measure your outside edge of frame1 then cut off your strips of cheesecloth the different lengths required1 pleat in center of them all and tie firmly with string1 nailing them to the center of the frame4 ,then stretch them to the outer edge of the frame4 ,,smocking4 ,one of the prettiest effects in backgrounds is made by 8smocking10 or catching the material into little squares1 as is shown in the illustration4 ,i have used this method in many windows1 and always with good success4 ,for paneling1 pillars1 etc41 it will be found very desirable and attractive4 ,first cut your goods one-fifth larger than the space you wish to cover1 sewing breadths neatly together4 ,then lay the cloth in even folds1 and on each fold make dots with colored chalk or pencil1 to show where the squares are to be caught up4 ,these squares show plainly in the picture4 ,they should be caught together with a needle and thread of a color to match the cloth4 ,if the work is neatly done it will more than repay you for your trouble2 and1 indeed1 once you have caught the knack of doing it1 you will find it easy and quick work4 ,so little material is used that it is the least expensive of any fancy background4 ,i generally use bleached muslin1 but the light shades of bunting or surah silk are equally adaptable4 ,illustration ,,how ,,to ,,pleat4 ,pleating is more of a trick than it appears to the uninitiated4 ,good pleating is very beautiful1 but poor pleating is worse than none at all4 ,the secret of good pleating is uniformity4 ,i will acknowledge that pleating was one of the most difficult things for me to learn2 but ,i finally invented a little scheme that assisted me wonderfully4 ,it was nothing more or less than a clothespin1 but it accomplished the work accurately4 ,start at the left-hand upper corner1 first turning under the raw edge4 ,then place the slot of the clothespin over the edge and turn it half around to the right4 ,place your finger against the fold thus made1 pull out your clothespin and tack or pin in place4 ,move your clothespin a given distance to the right1 turn again and pin as before4 ,the pleating will be absolutely uniform4 ,in single pleating the folds are all one way2 box pleating is made by turning first to the right1 then to the left1 as in illustration4 ,illustration ,illustration3 ,,single ,,pleating4 ,if you have a good eye for distances you won't need the clothespin1 but beginners may use it to good advantage4 ,where you have a pleated background the edges of your framework may also be pleated closely1 and then1 say every six inches1 pull out the pleating into the form of a rosette4 ,the effect is very pretty4 ,illustration3 ,,box ,,pleating4 ,,chapter ,,ix4 ,,the ,,background4 ,a good background is a necessity4 ,it is the frame of your picture4 ,many goods1 desirable in themselves1 need a color effect to throw them out properly4 ,practical window trimmers devote much study to designing their backgrounds1 frequently relying upon them to arrest the eye of the passing throng and so direct attention to the goods themselves4 ,no matter how artistic a window display may be1 it loses more than half its attraction if not suitably backed4 ,the background affords relief to the trim1 and is as necessary as the scenery to a stage setting or the sky line to a landscape4 ,it completes your picture1 and1 frequently1 attracts the eye sooner than the goods4 ,therefore too much attention cannot be given backgrounds1 and were there a school of window trimming1 the proper use of the background would be one of the first things taught4 ,,stock ,,backgrounds4 ,many trimmers construct their backgrounds in the windows1 which takes considerable time1 and when completed1 they hurry in the goods to be shown1 not giving themselves time to show them properly1 feeling they have spent too much time on the background4 ,consequently1 the window is not what it should be4 ,to obviate this ,i would advise the using of portable stock backgrounds4 ,they are not expensive1 and are easily constructed4 ,the time saved in trimming a window is a very important factor4 ,a few frames made of light strips1 covered with cheap muslin1 forms an excellent groundwork4 ,they can be decorated with cheesecloth in sunbursts1 pleating--or1 in fact1 there is no limit to the variety of ways to treat them4 ,the frames can be made in convenient sizes to fit your windows1 so that they can be easily handled and put together quickly in the window4 ,both sides of the frames should be decorated1 so that after you have used one you can turn your frame1 showing a different style and color entirely4 ,these backgrounds are also to be commended as examples of good taste and elegance of design without being elaborately ornate4 ,a very great mistake is not infrequently made in trying to gain a great effect by using an overdone and complicated background which results in distracting the eye from the rest of the display1 just as an extremely simple and beautiful picture is often killed because it has been put into a huge gilded ,rococo frame4 ,there are almost countless materials which may be used in making backgrounds1 which will give just the finishing touch needed to complete a harmonious window2 for instance1 ,japanese ,grass ,cloth1 which can be procured from most of the large wall paper houses4 ,this is a combination of thread and fine straw1 woven together1 and backed with tough paper4 ,it comes in just the colors which will harmonize with any other color without predomination1--rich olive green and golden browns1 or even beautiful dull reds4 ,the ,oriental mattings and cloths of unique weave and pattern may also be used4 ,the accompanying plates illustrate how quickly these backgrounds can be put together4 ,illustration3 ,,standard ,,backgrounds--,,plates #a ,,and #b4 ,illustration3 ,,standard ,,backgrounds--,,plate #c4 ,plate ,no4 #a4--,the pleated frames explain themselves4 ,palms add much to the finish of almost any background4 ,plate ,no4 #b4--,shows some excellent sunburst effects4 ,plate ,no4 #c4--;,gives an excellent idea of the utility of frames1 with the addition of a few palms4 ,this represents an ,easter egg1 made of strips covered with heavy paper2 the outside in white cheesecloth1 the inside with lavender ,china silk1 with baby dressed in white4 ,there are dozens of other ideas that will suggest themselves to you1 suitable to the season4 ,the egg is only one suggestion4 ,illustration3 ,,standard ,,backgrounds--,,plate #d4 ,plate ,no4 #d4--,the lattice work can be made with white tape1 ribbon or strips of wood painted4 ,a hoop nailed to the outer strips will make a good frame4 ,any style of ornament can be cut out of heavy cardboard1 or wood ornaments obtained from almost any saw mill at a little cost4 ,a plain box with blocks nailed top and bottom1 covered with cloth in any color desired1 with a panel of gilt picture moldings1 makes a good pedestal4 ,plate ,no4 #e4--,shows how one frame can be used in front of another to an advantage1 and good effects obtained4 ,plate ,no4 #f--,suggests an excellent background for windows4 ,the bottom of the pillars is covered with a strip of lincrusta1 painted white and touched up with bronze4 ,a plain cap can be used instead of the fancy ones1 either square or round1 with a band of lincrusta to match the bottom4 ,these backgrounds can be produced at little cost1 and are a great help to the trimmer who has many windows4 ,with a little ingenuity and adaptation one can form an endless variety of artistic backgrounds4 ,the backgrounds shown were designed by ,charles ,w4 ,morton4 ,,an ,,open ,,background4 ,illustration3 ,,standard ,,backgrounds--,,plate #e4 ,illustration3 ,,standard ,,backgrounds--,,plate #f4 ,where it is desirable to admit light to the store1 the window may be draped in a style that is called 8an open background40 ,at the back of the window tack a width or double width of cheesecloth or other material to the top and bottom of the window2 not too tightly1 but with slack enough to allow for gathering at the middle1 as is shown in the illustration4 ,it is not necessary to pleat the material at the top and bottom1 as the gathering gives an effect of fullness1 but if a single width is used it gives a fuller appearance when pleated4 ,tie the centers together with bows of bright ribbon4 ,hanging baskets of flowers and vines suspended in the center of the spaces add to the effect4 ,this style of backing is very neat1 and much better than no background at all for drug and jewelry displays4 ,illustration ,illustration3 ,section of ,lattice ,work4 ,,lattice ,,work4 ,for lattice work erect a light framework1 wind with cloth1 and use strips of curtain cloth1 white tape or ribbon for lattice4 ,run all the strips one way before you put in the cross strips1 and these should run back of the first1 before the next1 and so alternating until you have reached the end4 ,the next strip should reverse the order1 running before the first4 ,,chapter ,x4 ,,fixtures4 ,having erected a proper framework and covered it in an artistic manner1 the background is complete1 and the decorator next turns to the subject of proper fixtures on which to display his goods4 ,the writer is a firm believer in good window fixtures1 for they assist greatly in making a handsome display1 and thus selling goods4 ,therefore an adequate supply of substantial brass and nickel fixtures is not an extravagance1 but a necessity4 ,i said an adequate supply4 ,the big city store needs a great variety of fixtures1 for there are many windows to trim4 ,the small store cannot afford more than enough to be used to good advantage4 ,side brackets1 or arms1 must be provided amply1 and enough uprights and rods to make whatever racks or trees may be required for small goods4 ,special display require special fixtures1 and where the fixture cannot be entirely covered1 a homemade erection would be out of place4 ,when a need arises for a good fixture the expense should not be considered4 ,from a town of #ej1jjj inhabitants a merchant writes3 8,i can no more expect my trimmer to create a good window without proper fixtures than a carpenter to make a good piece of cabinet work without tools4 ,windows that will attract attention to our goods are necessary2 therefore we buy every fixture that is required40 ,a firm in a town one-half the size of the above1 states3 8,if we were forced to choose between inside fixtures and window fixtures the window fixtures would get them every time4 ,we could sell goods off a dry goods box when once we had brought the people into our store2 but without a good window display we fear we could induce very few to enter40 ,a general merchant in a town of #e1jjj writes3 8,i never paid any attention to my windows until a year ago1 when ,i instructed one of my clerks who was going to the city1 to buy whatever fixtures we might need to trim a window properly4 ,to my horror he purchased nearly #bjj worth of fixtures1 including a jointed form4 ,i felt like sending the goods back1 but1 at the clerk's earnest solicitation1 decided to keep them4 ,to-day ,i would not part with them for double the amount they cost4 ,my windows are talked of all over the country1 and my competitors are making frantic efforts to imitate my style of trimming windows40 ,another merchant writes3 8,i never bought a window fixture that did not prove a good investment40 ,,homemade ,,fixtures4 ,the decorator more frequently finds a lack of fixtures to be his stumbling block than any other detail of window trimming4 ,dearth of proper fixtures is more fruitful of complaint1 contention and ill feeling between the trimmer and his employer than all other causes combined2 and1 while there are many unreasonable and 8stingy0 employers1 on the other hand1 it may be observed that in very many cases the more indolent and incompetent the trimmer the louder are his complaints2 and to such a degree does he sometimes carry this that his colleagues become wearied of his 8hobby10 he becomes persona non grata with his employer1 resulting finally in being driven out to make room for one with more tact1 better temper and a larger store of latent resources1 enabling him to make the best of the1 perhaps1 meager supply of materials at hand4 ,did any one ever know of an incompetent and unsuccessful trimmer who did not lay all his troubles and failures to the lack of fixtures2 or a capable and successful one who did not climb to the top in spite of his handicaps of this kind8 ,again1 there are many ambitious young men who do make an effort to surmount these difficulties1 regarding this as the 8make-shift period10 sighing the while for the time when they can take their place in the great establishment1 that 8promised land0 where their troubles will have ended1 where there are fixtures galore for every wrinkle1 and where they must but say1 8presto1 change10 and the marvelous creations they dream about will be complete4 ,it is no secret with experienced men that this state of things exists only in dreams1 for1 if the great store is replete with all the modern appliances1 so1 also1 are the requirements multitudinous in proportion1 and the trimmer who has failed to cultivate to the utmost his inventive faculties while occupying his humbler sphere cannot hope to succeed in the greater one2 and1 yet again1 it has been proven that the average store1 doing a business of #ajj1jjj a year1 is as fully equipped in the fixture line1 in proportion to volume of business done1 as is the great metropolitan establishment whose sales run into the millions4 ,it is well to agitate the fixture question in every proper way with the employer1 and to try to obtain those that are necessary2 and it is well1 also1 to keep an eye on the lumber pile1 for with saw and hammer one can rig up fixtures with which he can make a creditable display of any class of merchandise1 and at the same time train himself to become a man of resources2 for1 far and away ahead of all other gifts the successful trimmer is always resourceful1 and the ability to hastily construct necessary fixtures is twin brother to the gift that enables a man to handle every kind of goods given him in all the ways it is capable of being displayed at short notice which is the characteristic stamp of the true artist1 and determines his value to his employer as well as his standing in the profession4 ,here are one or two illustrations3 ,illustration3 ,,ideas ,,for ,,homemade ,,fixtures4 ,if you have been asked to show underwear1 for instance1 and metal fixtures are not obtainable1 don't entertain a trimmer get some curtain poles1 saw into required lengths1 procure some three-pronged metal towel racks from house furnishing department1 screw them on pole1 as seen in cut1 and you have a fixture that the goods will sufficiently cover1 so that no one will guess it was not originally manufactured for the purpose4 ,to make a very effective centerpiece for a linen or handkerchief window1 cut from any old boards the shape of a vase1 say thirty-six inches high4 ,pad one side of this to the shape of a vase with old papers1 excelsior or any old rubbish2 cover with muslin1 then puff all over with cheesecloth2 now two feet from your dark background stretch from floor to ceiling coarse1 black tarletan2 place the flat side of vase against this and pin your handkerchiefs or napkins on in vine and flower effect4 ,the tarletan is entirely invisible and the goods have the appearance of 8growing0 right out of the vase4 ,to make an effective and artistic arch quickly1 nail your uprights to the floor1 cover with carpet padding2 over this puff1 pleat or stretch plain cheesecloth or whatever you wish to cover it with4 ,now get some flour-pail lids for caps1 procure some barrel hoops1 cut out about one-third and nail either end to the side of post caps4 ,the space can be filled in by puffing or pleating4 ,these methods are shown in outline in the above diagram4 ,illustration3 ,a ,method of ,arch ,construction4 ,another1 more elaborate arch is made as follows3 ,go to the lumber room1 where old boxes and barrels are kept1 and there are usually a saw and hammer about the store4 ,that's enough4 ,remove the wooden hoops carefully from your barrels1 and save the heads4 ,if you have not enough pieces among the boxes to serve for uprights purchase a few #b #ds1 and also a bundle of lath4 ,if you wish to make an arch1 use the #b #ds for uprights1 run a board across the top1 and nail blocks in such a position that by bending lath or light strips1 and nailing them to the blocks1 the circle of the arch will be formed4 ,see illustration4 ,puff cheesecloth upon cardboard or the thin wood used for backing pictures1 and fasten it to the circle of the arch1 allowing it to run down as far as the pillow4 ,allow the top board to project a trifle beyond the face of the arch1 and cover or puff this edge4 ,for the pillars take heavy carpet paper1 or roofing paper1 and cut it the length you wish the height of the pillar to be4 ,cover the surface of this paper with cloth or velvet4 ,then bend the paper in cylindrical form1 around the upright1 fastening at the back with brass paper fasteners4 ,it will have the appearance of a solid and substantial pillar4 ,twine smilax or ivy about this and you will be surprised at the effect4 ,,pedestals4 ,barrel heads may be fastened together with light strips and then nailed to the top of an upright to form a pedestal on which any class of goods may be displayed4 ,the top and standards may be closely covered with cloth1 or draped from the edge of the top to the floor4 ,another way is to put a barrel head at the top and bottom and drape in hour-glass shape1 drawing the cloth together at the center and tying with a bow of bright ribbon1 or other material4 ,,other ,,fixtures4 ,illustration ,illustration ,illustration ,by winding hoops with cheesecloth you can use them in a variety of ways4 ,in an illustration is shown a suspended hoop fixture which makes a good centerpiece4 ,the pins in the center1 which are to hold merchandise of various kinds--hats1 bonnets1 shoes1 etc41--are pieces of broom handle nailed to the flat of the hoop4 ,another good homemade fixture is in easel form1 one-third of each hoop being cut away1 as shown in the picture4 ,a standard with half-hoops fastened to the sides makes a good fixture for showing laces1 furnishing goods1 etc4 ,these are all outline drawings and do not show the fixtures covered1 but when they are wound with cloth they present a very neat appearance1 and are certainly useful4 ,illustration ,knitting needles driven into an upright standard1 make neat and serviceable bars for displaying furnishing goods4 ,,homemade ,,corset ,,form4 ,illustration ,the country trimmer is frequently at a loss to make a good corset window4 ,boxes of goods may be piled up1 to be sure1 but that requires a great deal of stock1 and never looks very well1 either4 ,a dozen corsets1 properly placed1 will make an excellent display1 and will sell more goods than a mass of rolled and boxed corsets4 ,have a dozen oval pieces of #a-;inch board sawed1 of a size that just fits the bust of the corset4 ,a corresponding number of pieces should be made to fit the waist measurement4 ,connect these two pieces by means of a standard1 and lace the corsets lightly over this improvised form4 ,by extending some of the standards you can have the real corsets of your display set up1 so that all may be plainly seen4 ,allow the top of the corset to project several inches above the bust piece1 and upon the shelf thus formed put a puffing of bright colored stuff1 or place a potted palm4 ,for a narrow window such a display is especially desirable1 and it may also be adapted to any shaped window to advantage4 ,perhaps the above suggestions will give the reader ideas of utilizing the lumber room to good advantage4 ,in another chapter a variety of suggestions is offered1 many of which will require more or less ingenuity on the part of the decorator to prepare properly4 ,,onyx ,,standards4 ,there is a paper with surface printed in close imitation of onyx1 which is being utilized by many window trimmers to manufacture onyx standards upon which to display goods4 ,take a round pole1 three feet long and about three inches in diameter1 and nail upon either end a #ab #ab square of #a-;inch boarding4 ,cover all surfaces with the onyx paper1 and set several of these stands in the window4 ,over them lay suits of clothing1 pieces of dress goods1 or place upon the tops pairs of shoes or other articles4 ,a pretty effect is created by twining smilax around the standards4 ,onyx columns to support backgrounds may be made in a similar way4 ,the paper may be obtained from any first-class stationer1 and when viewed from the sidewalk closely resembles real onyx4 ,,palm ,,stands4 ,when showing small articles in a window effective accessories may be employed by using draped stands of irregular heights scattered about the window1 upon each of which is placed a palm plant4 ,if the stands are draped in red or yellow they show off the green palms to good advantage4 ,smilax may be twined about the bases4 ,,glass ,,shelves4 ,have strips of single or double thick window glass cut to the size you desire4 ,place two #a-;inch screw eyes in your frame or window side1 and rest the edge of the glass upon them4 ,fasten the ends of two pieces of picture cord1 or chain1 to the screw eyes1 draw them over the outer edge of the glass and fasten them about a foot or eighteen inches above the shelf4 ,this fastening is easily made and removed1 and the shelves will be found very substantial4 ,,chapter ,,xi4 ,,dress ,,goods ,,drapings4 ,illustration3 ,,dress ,,goods ,,stand ,,silk ,,stand ,there are almost as many ways to drape dress goods as there are varieties of the goods themselves1 and many of them are good ways1 too4 ,ask any window trimmer1 no matter what experience he has had1 if he can drape dress goods1 and he will answer 8certainly60 and be surprised at the question4 ,but how well he can drape is another question4 ,whether his drapings are modern and up-to-date is also worth investigating4 ,an experienced trimmer finds himself inventing new drapings almost daily1 and these are more or less serviceable4 ,it is a good plan to use those methods that commend themselves to you and that you find you are able to reproduce easily4 ,illustration3 ,,skirt ,,stand ,the stands have much to do with your success4 ,in fact1 there can be no real success without proper fixtures4 ,we show a diagram of an excellent dress goods stand1 which is suitable as well for silks or almost any class of dry goods4 ,the frame work is light and made of soft pine and covered with heavy roofing paper4 ,the measurements are shown in the drawing4 ,by referring to ,plate ,no4 #a1 accompanying this article1 you will find that draping ,no4 #d is made on this stand4 ,in ,plate ,no4 #b drapings ,nos4 #aj1 #aa and #ab are also made on the dress goods stand4 ,plate ,no4 #c shows six styles of drapes made over this same stand4 ,the illustrations are from photographs and are so distinct that even the novice will find little difficulty in understanding the folds4 ,for an 8all-round0 stand ,i recommend this highly4 ,it should be made in three heights1 #c feet1 #d feet and #e feet1 and is then suitable for blankets1 comfortables1 muslin underwear1 tablecloths1 and many other lines4 ,at the right of the dress goods stand is a diagram of my silk stand1 which will be found useful where many silks are shown4 ,its size renders it especially appropriate for silk widths and by referring to drapes ,nos4 #e and #f in ,plate ,no4 #a1 and drapes ,nos4 #g1 #h and #i in ,plate ,no4 #b1 you will find examples of drapings over this stand4 ,the dimensions are plainly given in the drawing4 ,illustration3 ,,dress ,,goods ,,drapings--,,plate #a4 ,examples #a1 #b and #c are made over the ,skirt ,stand4 ,example #d is made over the ,dress ,goods ,stand4 ,examples #e and #f are made over the ,silk ,stand4 ,illustration3 ,,dress ,,goods ,,drapings--,,plate #b4 ,drapings #g1 #h and #i are made over the ,silk ,stand4 ,drapings #aj1 #aa and #ab are made over the ,dress ,goods ,stand4 ,illustration3 ,,dress ,,goods ,,drapings--,,plate #c4 ,six ,modern ,drapes1 all made over the ,dress ,goods ,stand and suitable for displaying almost any material for ,dress ,goods4 ,in all large stores a skirt stand is an important factor in displaying goods4 ,the one ,i use is easily made1 is light and durable1 and answers the purpose admirably4 ,the illustration shows it perfectly and gives the dimensions4 ,drapings ,nos4 #a1 #b and #c1 in ,plate #a are examples of the use of this stand4 ,for the convenience of decorators ,i give herewith a number of illustrations of drapings in common use4 ,these need not be described in detail1 for it would be a task well-nigh impossible4 ,each man must1 by practice and study1 work out the various details of draping for himself1 for the graceful folds we so often see and admire cannot really be taught4 ,if you ask a trimmer what his method is for making a certain effective draping1 he will stare at you in bewilderment and say1 8,why--why1 ,i just give it a push here1 and a twist there1 and a yank sideways--and it's done40 ,as a matter of fact1 he don't know how he does it1 any more than a painter can tell you what particular sweep of the brush created his masterpiece4 ,a delicate touch--an artistic eye2 that's about all there is to it4 ,i show herewith many pretty styles of drapings1 but beyond describing the materials you must work with and giving you the pictures to study1 ,i can assist you no further4 ,but do not be discouraged2 try them4 ,a little practice will no doubt enable you to duplicate any of them1 and then ,i suggest you invent new drapings of your own1 that fit your peculiar style and taste1 for dress goods are susceptible to innumerable methods of display4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d4 ,given the proper stands1 as before illustrated1 draping is not so difficult as at first appears4 ,in ,fig4 #d ,i show a cylinder stand1 with an upright attached that is used for many of the drapings that have a raised heading4 ,the cylinder is made from papier mache or heavy straw board4 ,some forms are made to spread at the bottom1 in the style a woman's dress is hung4 ,and sometimes a flat board1 or a cross-bar is required1 as will be explained further on4 ,for fastening the material to the cardboard form use artist's tacks1 as they are convenient and do not injure the cloth4 ,fig4 #d 7a7 shows the cylinder with an upright stick tacked upon it to hold the puffed heading2 7b7 shows the first process in draping1 7c7 the second1 and 7d7 the method of gathering the puffing at the head4 ,in ,fig4 #d 7e7 is shown the completed drape1 which is both new and highly artistic4 ,fig4 #e is also very effective1 and its construction may be followed in 7a7 and 7b71 and in the full draping 7c74 ,fig4 #f is certainly an odd effect1 and one that is just now growing popular4 ,the method of gathering the fold is shown in 7a71 and the result in ,fig4 #f 7b74 ,fig4 #g recently originated in ,germany1 and is very graceful and pleasing4 ,the method may be followed in 7a7 and 7b7 to the full draping in 7c74 ,in ,fig4 #h the pansy1 fans and butterflies are made from fancy silks arranged at the top of draped dress goods4 ,of course the colors must all harmonize4 ,simpler forms of draping are those in ,figs4 #i1 #aj1 #aa1 #ab1 #ac and #ad1 and these are all made over cylinder form1 and only skillful manipulation is needed to enable you to duplicate them4 ,figs4 #ae1 #af1 #ag and #ah are made over a cross-bar and the folds held in place by pins4 ,this cross-bar may be fastened to a simple upright standard1 or you may use a flat board1 which is somewhat better4 ,fig4 #ai shows a neat method of stacking piece goods1 the top piece being used for the puffing4 ,fig4 #bj is called a floor draping1 and is made up over an upright standard4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e4 7a7 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e4 7b7 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e4 7c7 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f4 7a7 ,to describe in detail every fold in the above drapings would be tedious1 even were it possible to make myself understood4 ,any trimmer will readily catch the ideas from the pictures and be able to utilize them in his own way4 ,some of the drapings shown have been in use for some time1 but the majority are this fall's productions1 and all of them are graceful and pretty and will bear reproduction4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f4 7b7 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g4 7a7 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g4 7b7 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g4 7c7 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #h4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #i4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aj4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g4 7b7 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ac4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ad4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ae4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #af4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ag4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ah4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ai4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bj4 ,,the ,,fleur-,,de-,,lis4 #a4 ,in making this unique pattern1 called the ,fleur-de-,lis1 a common millinery stand #be inches high is used1 as seen in ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a4 #b4 ,nine inches from the top is fastened a piece of silk of #h folds1 containing #a yards to the fold4 ,when this is fastened it must be the center of the fold as seen in ,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d4 #c4 ,then each fold is brought down and made to form a loop fold1 at the base of the stand1 as seen in ,fig4 #d4 #d4 ,figure #c shows the pattern after the hidden end of the silk is brought over the top of the stand and is securely fastened1 and also is made to form a girdle1 so as to cover the meeting place of top folds4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c4 #e4 ,this girdle must be #d inches across the center1 and #aj inches in diameter4 #f4 ,from tip to tip of the farthest point of the bottom fold is #cb inches4 ,the width of top fold is #ac inches4 #g4 ,any height stand and any length silk may be used4 ,,linen ,,decorations4 ,a pretty decoration may be made to accompany a window display of linens as follows3 ,take insulated copper wire and use as a base for stems in making flowers1 thistles1 etc4 ,the thistle being entirely new and very attractive1 ,i will describe the process of making it3 ,cut strips of coarse linen #a inches wide and unravel each edge until a fringe is formed of an inch on either side4 ,wind this strip about the wire for the stems1 as shown in ,c of the illustration1 where a part of the strip is left unwound4 ,for the thistles1 cut strips #ae inches long and #a inches wide1 and unravel one edge until a fringe #a inches deep is formed4 7,see ,a47 ,fasten one end to the stem where the thistle is to be formed1 and then roll the cloth tightly1 allowing the fringe to remain loose1 as in ,b4 ,now take white linen thread and wind tightly around the cloth at the head of the fringe1 as shown in the completed thistle flower4 ,d and ,e show the strips of cloth before winding4 ,in making a fence of linens1 the rails should be wound with strips #b inches wide1 unravelled to a depth of #a inches1 leaving of an inch of the plain cloth4 7,see ,f47 ,the pickets are wound with another #b-;inch strip which is unraveled on either side1 leaving only of an inch in the center of the cloth1 as shown in ,g4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,thistle ,,linen ,,decoration4 ,these strips may be utilized in many different ways1 and many beautiful effects can be obtained by their use4 ,these designs add attraction to any display of linens4 ,,chapter ,,xii4 ,,the ,,art ,,of ,,card ,,writing4 ,,introduction4 ,show cards1 to a business man1 are a necessity4 ,everything depends upon the way he advertises1 and he cannot advertise judiciously without the aid of signs4 ,some one must make his signs4 ,if his business is on a small scale1 and he cannot afford a regular sign writer1 perhaps he would like to do it himself2 or1 if he hasn't sufficient time1 why not employ a window trimmer who can do both8 ,a window trimmer who can make his own tickets increases his value to his employer and can demand more money than one who does not2 at any rate1 sign writing1 as a side issue1 will do no one any harm1 and very often it can be used to great advantage4 ,the art of show card making can be acquired by any one with very little teaching1 a reasonable amount of patience1 and plenty of practice4 ,do not become discouraged at your first attempt4 ,your card will look badly1 of course1 but that is to be expected4 ,you cannot do good work at the first attempt--it is impossible4 ,improvements will be gradual4 ,each card will prove better than the last1 and with a little practice you will be surprised at the results4 ,were it not for the interesting variations and numerous opportunities to display artistic ability1 card-writing would be very monotonous2 as it is1 a person with the least bit of artistic taste will find it a pleasant occupation as well as a convenient and profitable one4 ,a sign maker must find where the sign is to be used and the sizes of his lettering must be varied according to the distance it is to be placed from the eye of the public4 ,don't attempt over originality in signs4 ,the majority are not familiar with signs4 ,they have seen only a few designs4 ,that which may be conventional to you1 because you study signs1 will be original to the majority of people4 ,inaugurate a system of uniformity in your card-writing1 by which all your work 7styles of lettering1 etc471 have a certain amount of similarity4 ,if at any time you wish to change your styles of cards or lettering1 let the new styles appear all over the store at the same time4 ,it does not look well to use a mixture of types or color2 it has a tendency to confuse the public--whereas1 a system will teach them to know your particular style of work at a glance1 and it will not only be more readable1 but will establish for you a personality4 ,,the ,,work ,,room4 ,the first requirement is a place to work2 then you must be equipped4 ,it is impossible to do justice to your work unless you are properly fitted out4 ,walk around the store until you find a suitable window1 and anchor there1 provided you will be allowed1 for you will find sunlight much better than artificial light1 both for the eyes and coloring4 ,next get a table4 ,tilt it forward slightly1 as in this position you will find that work can be done better than if a level surface were used4 ,illustration3 ,,figure #b ,for those who will go to the small expense of building a table1 ,i show it in ,figure #b4 ,,ruling4 ,you can use a ,tee ,square much more rapidly and accurately than an ordinary rule4 ,the inches can be marked off on your tee in order to center the card4 ,,for ,,lining4 ,soft charcoal is the best on coated cardboard4 ,should your cardboard be a little rough1 a delicate lead pencil mark will be better4 ,charcoal marks on coated boards can be easily erased with a soft piece of cloth2 or1 better still1 a piece of chamois4 ,,mixing4 ,use a palette knife with a flexible blade1 about #c inches4 ,find a square piece of glass1 or1 not having a square piece1 use any shape you have handy4 ,i will explain later to what use the glass is to be put4 ,,paints4 ,mixing forms an important part of sign work1 which1 however1 is considerably lessened of late1 by reason of several manufacturers having placed on the market prepared colors which meet the requirements satisfactorily4 ,i would advise their use if it is possible to obtain them4 ,one very important thing is1 do not use oil paint on cardboard4 ,it does not work well and will cause much trouble4 ,no experienced marker uses oil paints1 unless it is black asphaltum to fill in and outline letters2 such as several large department stores are using at the present time4 ,the glossy effect of this class of work is considered by many to be very attractive4 ,the drawback to this method is1 the cards require a double handling and consequently the work is very slow4 ,drop black1 in distemper1 is the cleanest and most handy preparation for card work4 ,it is sold in most cities in jars containing one pound4 ,all that is required for making it ready is a little dissolved gum arabic and water4 ,take your palette knife and mix these thoroughly on the piece of glass1 to about the consistency of a thick paste2 it will then be ready for use4 ,all colors can be purchased in this form4 ,to those who would prefer to mix their own paint here are given a few hints on mixing4 ,,black ,,paint4 ,lamp-black1 ground thoroughly with water and gum arabic1 a few drops of alcohol added1 will make a fairly good black4 ,all dry colors can be mixed in this way4 ,,white ,,paint4 ,fill a tin cup about full of whiting1 thin it with water1 add ounce of pulverized glue--boil slowly1 continually stirring until the glue is thoroughly dissolved2 this1 when cool1 will make an excellent paint for dark boards4 ,at another using1 should you find it has become stiff1 a little heating will thin it to the proper consistency4 ,,compound ,,colors4 ,the following tints can be formed by mixing the colors as below4 ,the shades can be made to suit any taste by the exercise of a little judgment in proportioning the colors4 ,cream--,white1 yellow and red4 ,drab--,white1 ,prussian blue and vermillion4 ,flesh--,lake1 white and vermillion4 ,fawn--,white1 stone ochre and vermillion4 ,grey--,white1 ,prussian blue1 and very little black4 ,light green--,white1 mixed with verdigris4 ,grass green--,yellow1 pink1 mixed with verdigris4 ,pea green--,white and ,paris green4 ,dark green--,black and chrome green4 ,olive green--,prussian blue and yellow4 ,jonquil--,yellow1 pink and white4 ,lead--,prussian blue and white4 ,olive--,red1 green1 or black and yellow4 ,pearl--,dark red mixed with violet4 ,purple--,white1 ,prussian blue and vermillion4 ,stone--,white with a little spruce ochre4 ,straw--,white and yellow4 ,snuff--,yellow1 sienna and red4 ,slate--,white1 black1 red and blue4 ,steel--,cerise1 ,prussian blue and vermillion4 ,salmon--,white1 yellow and red4 ,light yellow--,french yellow and white4 ,dark yellow--,french yellow and red4 ,lemon yellow--,yellow pink1 with ,naples yellow4 ,,brushes4 ,nine-tenths of the inexperienced markers are using camels' hair brushes1 which do not have the required elasticity for good work4 ,much depends upon your brush4 ,a good sign writer cannot turn out a respectable sign with a poor brush2 therefore1 a beginner cannot expect to acquire efficiency unless he uses the proper kinds of tools4 ,the proper kinds of brushes can be obtained of any brush dealer4 ,for ordinary work1 a long ,no4 #e brush will answer1 the cost being about #bj cents4 ,purchase a set of about six assorted sizes1 which will answer for all work4 ,illustration3 ,,figure #c ,use great care in selecting your brushes4 ,see that the hairs are of an equal length and that the ends are even when the brush is flattened4 ,train your brushes flat by always using the same two sides4 ,rinse them in a glass of clean water after each using1 and give them a thorough cleansing--with soap and water about twice a week4 ,this will keep them in good condition4 ,figure #c shows the exact sizes of a set of brushes1 which will answer for all purposes4 ,,cardboard4 ,your own judgment should be sufficient to know good cardboard4 ,the more you pay the better goods you get1 that is1 if you deal with a reputable house4 ,use a pure white1 heavy coated board from #f to #aj ply1 according to the size of the sign you are making4 ,see that your board is of sufficient thickness to prevent warping4 ,if you use frames1 of course your board need not be so heavy4 ,colored card-boards are well enough1 occasionally1 but as a rule use plain white2 people do not tire of it so easily4 ,,layout4 ,the laying out of a sign requires almost as much study as the making4 ,it is impossible to make a good sign if your layout is bad4 ,always allow plenty of margin to your card and do not crowd or spread your wording4 ,measure off an equal distance all around your card from the margin1 and keep your lettering within these lines4 ,,how ,,to ,,handle ,,the ,,brush4 ,the following illustrations show two views of how to hold the brush4 ,it is held very similar to the ordinary position of holding a pen or pencil1 except that the brush must be held more upright4 ,after the brush is well rubbed in paint 7on your glass7 practice holding it as shown in the illustration4 ,rest your hand on your little finger4 ,the flat side of the brush should be horizontal to the line4 ,in making the ,devinne series of lettering1 your horizontal lines are always fine1 while the down strokes are heavy4 ,to make this letter it is unnecessary to move the brush in your fingers1 hold it firmly1 and as you become accustomed to handling it you will find that a very little pressure while making the heavy line will produce the desired effect4 ,in making solid letters of the same thickness throughout1 a little practice will enable you to revolve the brush in your fingers 7as in making an ,o7 so that you can produce the curved portion of a letter the thickness of your brush without removing it from your card4 ,to do this requires considerable practice and 8if at first you don't succeed0 try several times2 don't give it up--you may do it correctly the next attempt4 ,illustration ,in making the rapid brush letters1 hold the flat side of the brush at the same angle as your letter2 the down strokes must be fine1 the upper and lower ones heavy4 ,to a beginner this style will come very easy4 ,,spacing4 ,treats of the arrangement of letters and words at the proper distances4 ,good taste requires that the letters and words should look about the same distance apart2 the space on the line which the words occupies should be evenly filled4 ,if this is neglected the lettering will look 8patchy0--crowded in one place1 scattered in another4 ,if1 in making your sign1 you find that you have 8run out10 do not attempt to crowd the word or words into a limited space1 but separate them1 and begin a new line4 ,have all your wordings to begin and end so that perpendicular marks can be drawn through the first and last letters of each line4 ,this will give your sign a symmetrical appearance and add greatly to the neatness of the layout4 ,,shading4 ,to look well1 and to add to the beauty of your work1 shading must be carefully executed in both lining and coloring4 ,do not use a dark color for shading1 as it will give the letter an appearance of bulkiness4 ,always use a delicate tint for shade lines1 such as light grey1 which gives a very pretty tone to a sign4 ,this shade can be made by mixing black1 white and ,prussian blue4 ,shade on two sides only2 the left side of your perpendicular stroke and underneath the horizontal one2 or1 vice versa4 ,do not crowd the shade lines into your letter4 ,leave a space between them about the thickness of the line in the letter itself4 ,a ,,new ,,window ,,card4 ,illustration ,the panel cards1 as shown above1 can be made very artistic and appropriate for any article you may wish to show4 ,for the illustration1 should you possess the ability to execute a water color or pen drawing of sufficient merit to place before the public1 well and good2 otherwise1 do not attempt it2 a poor drawing will not improve your card4 ,among the monthly trade journals can be found any number of very artistic designs1 which may be cut out1 pasted on a card and placed in position back of the small opening4 ,if this is done with proper care1 it will be almost impossible to detect the deception through the window1 and the drawing will have the appearance of being made expressly for that card4 ,in the larger opening1 place your wording in small1 neat letters4 ,the panels can be made any desired size--the ones shown here are #ab #ae outside1 the large opening is #f #h inches1 the small one #d #h inches4 ,,lettering4 ,before going further into technical instructions1 it may be well to explain the various styles of letters1 and the uses for which they are required4 ,it is always best to use one general style of lettering for all your cards1 as the cards thus become identified with your establishment and form a sort of trade mark which people quickly recognize4 ,what style of letter you adopt depends much upon your own taste and the skill and facility you acquire in making any certain letters4 ,while each of the styles shown in this article has its special use1 any one of them may be adapted for your work4 ,the letters and sample cards have all been drawn by ,william ,lee ,jukes1 who is acknowledged one of the leading card writers of ,america4 ,he has given us every useful style of letter known to the craft4 ,illustration3 ,,de ,,vinne ,,style ,,of ,,lettering4 ,but bear in mind that a plain1 stylish1 characteristic letter is the best--something that people will read without noting the letter itself1 that will enable them to understand what the card says1 without stopping to realize whether the letter itself is well or poorly executed4 ,that is the acme of perfection in card writing4 ,an illegible card loses all its intended effect4 ,a poorly executed card makes people notice that it is not well done4 ,a fancy card calls attention to the card itself and induces the reader to forget what the card says4 ,you don't want to show what a fancy card you are able to execute--at least the business firm that employs you doesn't care a rap for your skill4 ,but you do want to impress a fact concerning your goods upon the minds of a possible customer4 ,therefore1 strive to make a neat card1 a modest card1 and at the same time one attractive enough to arrest the attention and induce people to read what it says4 ,this may appear a hard task to the novice1 but by exercising good judgment and experimenting in various styles of lettering you will be able to get very close to the ideal you are seeking4 ,the requisites of a good card are simply these3 #a4 ,it must be sufficiently attractive to be noticed1 to draw the eye of the prospective customer4 #b4 ,it must be worded briefly and concisely1 so that every word counts1 and you do not say too little or too much4 #c4 ,it must be so neatly and modestly lettered that the words are impressed upon the mind of the reader without his realizing just how the letters are formed4 ,having impressed this upon you ,i will now describe the different styles of lettering4 ,de ,vinne letters are shown on the preceding page4 ,this style of letter makes a very neat and stylish card1 and is used extensively by department stores as a fixed style4 ,although it has the appearance of simplicity it is a very difficult letter to make correctly1 and ,i would advise beginners to use a more simple style4 ,the capitals and small letters of a rapid brush lettering are also illustrated in the engraving upon this page4 ,it it is a very neat letter1 easily made1 and much used where rapid work is necessary4 ,illustration3 ,,rapid ,,brush ,,lettering4 ,modern ,roman is a comparatively new face1 and has lately been extensively used for out-door advertising4 ,the unfinished1 outlined letters will give an idea as to the manner in which this style of letter is made4 ,it is well to draw the outlines first and fill the letter in solid afterwards4 ,illustration3 ,,modern ,,roman ,,style ,,of ,,lettering4 ,modern ,egyptian--,a bold letter is naturally a useful letter4 ,the one here shown is easily made and easily read4 ,i recommend it as especially suitable for show cards announcing a sale1 or for like purposes4 ,the letters must be made a trifle irregular in order to be fully effective4 ,script--,this is one of many familiar styles of script4 ,while this class of lettering is fast losing its popularity1 it is still preferred by many for show cards4 ,one who is a good penman may become very efficient in this style of lettering with very little practice4 ,illustration3 ,,modern ,,egyptian ,,style ,,of ,,lettering4 ,illustration3 ,,an ,,alphabet ,,of ,,script ,,letters4 ,unique ,letters--,the novice will1 at first glance1 consider this a very difficult letter to make1 but1 on the contrary1 it will be found very easy of execution4 ,the vertical lines must be heavy2 the perpendicular ones light4 ,this face has no established regularity4 ,the ribbons can be run through the letters promiscuously to suit the taste of the writer4 ,the centers may be filled in1 as in the word 8cards10 or the letters outlined and shaded1 as in the word 8signs40 ,illustration3 ,,unique ,,ribbon ,,lettering4 ,if you will practice on these letters you will acquire more or less of proficiency in their use4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,block ,,letter4 ,illustration3 ,,old ,,english ,,text4 ,block ,letter--,the block letter is scarcely appropriate for show cards1 although there are some occasions when you may use it4 ,a large window ticket or interior sign may be made with this letter1 which is so severe and regular that it will show distinctly a long distance4 ,it is the most popular of all letters for outside sign work4 ,by spacing off a number of squares1 according to the size of the sign you wish to make 7using a lead pencil so that the lines may be afterwards erased71 and following out the idea as shown in our illustration1 you will be surprised to find how easily block letters may be made4 ,illustration3 ,,mediaeval ,,letters4 ,old ,english ,text--,this style of letter is always popular1 and always has been and always will be4 ,it is especially suitable for writing testimonials1 diplomas1 charts1 etc41 or for initials or monograms--in fact1 it is useful for a hundred and one purposes4 ,most people know the letter and read it easily1 thus giving it a decided advantage over many complex fancy letters4 ,,mediaeval ,,letters4 ,the mediaeval style of lettering1 of which ,i show an illustration1 is a new face with an old-style appearance4 ,you will find it a very neat letter for show cards1 and often used in connection with cards bearing illustration4 ,its chief merit lies in the fact that it is black and legible1 while at the same time it presents an antique1 stylish appearance4 ,i shall show next month some illustrations of fancy show card work in which this face is used to advantage4 ,illustration3 ,,antique ,,roman ,,letters4 ,the ,speech ,makers--,these silhouette forms are now very popular and are appropriate for show cards with suggestive headings1 such as 8,behold our ,fall ,garments60 or 8,allow me to introduce you to ----10 or 8,here they are60 and similar catch phrases4 ,it does not require an artist to draw them4 ,a little practice will enable you to copy the outlines and then they are simply filled in with the brush4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,speech ,,makers4 ,,figures4 ,illustration3 ,,figures ,,for ,,the ,,different ,,letters4 ,in the illustration of figures shown1 ,i have presented five distinct faces1 which may be used in connection with any style of lettering4 ,the top row of figures is ,roman2 the second ,roman outlined2 and here attention should be paid to the method of shading1 that the figures may stand out boldly4 ,the third line of figures is ,egyptian1 the fourth antique ,roman and the fifth ,de ,vinne4 ,this last is the best all-round figure you can adopt1 as the ,de ,vinne is the best all-round letter4 ,it is not an easy face to make1 but once mastered will prove of inestimable benefit to the card writer4 ,,index ,,initials4 ,illustration3 ,,index ,,initials4 ,illustration3 ,,right ,,and ,,left ,,indexes4 ,illustration3 ,,specimen ,,of ,,ornamental ,,card4 ,illustration3 ,,examples ,,of ,,panels ,,and ,,fancy ,,cards4 ,these indexes1 which may be used in connection with any style letter1 will be found valuable4 ,the hand should be outlined before the letter is made4 ,there is a general similarity in all the letters1 and once you have mastered drawing the hand you can easily apply it to any shaped letter4 ,it is intended to be used as an initial letter1 an example being its connection with the words1 8,we point with pride10 etc41 at the end of the series4 ,in the same illustration is an example of a simply made but very attractive border4 ,illustration3 ,signs ,illustration3 ,japanese ,garden ,,right ,,and ,,left ,,indexes4 ,in this cut may be seen plain index fingers1 pointing to right and left4 ,also several small ornaments that will be useful for decorations and are not too difficult for the beginner to master4 ,,fancy ,,cards4 ,the making of a fancy card is not as difficult as one would think4 ,the difficulty lies in the layout4 ,if you can lay out and color a card artistically1 the lettering 7no matter how poorly executed7 will be offset by the artistic arrangement4 ,on the contrary1 if these good and bad qualities should be reversed1 the good effect would be entirely lost4 ,you will note a reproduction of the card reading1 8,early ,spring ,blossoms10 from which a fair copy can be made4 ,of course in print the card loses half its artistic value1 from the fact that the colors cannot be shown4 ,spring puts one in mind of dainty blossoms1 consequently let your colorings be in harmony1 and the wording breezy and new4 ,illustration3 ,,example ,,of ,,an ,,artistic ,,layout4 ,the illustration represents a card #ad #ah inches 7a good window size74 ,the body is lilac1 on which is pasted a sheet of cream water color paper1 torn around the edge1 leaving a margin of two inches4 ,after tearing the paper so as to leave a raw edge1 touch the edge lightly with gold2 then lay out your work with light lead pencil marks4 ,copy the layout shown in the illustration as closely as possible1 changing the wording to suit4 ,next make a series of graceful scrolls1 taking care not to get them stiff1 using a pale lilac4 ,next daub on a cluster of blossoms1 using several shades of purple2 that is1 mix white with the purple1 until it becomes very delicate4 ,the wreath is of a delicate lilac4 ,make letters and figures purple1 shaded with lilac4 ,paste paper on card1 leaving space on same so that the right hand upper corner may be slightly curled4 ,tip letters slightly on top with gold1 and you will have an artistic card4 ,the card reading 8,japanese ,garden10 will be seen ornamented entirely with ,japanese characters4 ,it is a point to be remembered that the decorations of a fancy card should always be in harmony with the wording4 ,it is a bad art and bad policy to have your ornaments foreign to the tone of the card4 ,another illustration1 8,signs10 shows an example of an artistic layout4 ,the same design may be used for other purposes1 such as to advertise jewelry1 laces1 wall paper or any decorative goods4 ,but you will see at a glance it would be inappropriate for teas1 soaps or flatirons4 ,illustration ,the alphabet illustrated is called an antique ,roman face4 ,it is an excellent show card style1 rather irregular1 neat and easily made4 ,you will notice that ,i illustrate some examples of artistic layouts4 ,these will form the basis for fancy show cards1 and serve to attract attention4 ,when designs of so elaborate a character are used the letters themselves should be especially plain and distinct4 ,illustration ,a 8sign shop0 is an important requisite of a department store1 and to establish one in the proper way requires no little skill and judgment4 ,difficulties and disputes are continually arising between the painter and the heads of departments1 which render it necessary to run the sign shop on a strictly systematic basis1 in order that the signwriter may do justice to his work4 ,,the ,,department ,,store ,,sign ,,shop4 ,mr4 ,jukes writes as follows concerning department store sign shops3 ,illustration 8,i will point out a few of the difficulties ,i have found1 and the way they may be overcome4 ,for instance1 one morning ,i arrived at the store during the busy season and found1 to my surprise1 no less than six individuals 7from cash boys up71 each of whom possessed a scrap of paper1 which they forthwith fluttered in my face4 ,i will not attempt to write the orders1 instructions1 threats1 etc41 that ,i underwent4 ,suffice to say1 that each one insisted on his signs being made immediately1 and all had been instructed to wait for them40 ,illustration ,,some ,,novelties ,,in ,,price ,,tickets4 8,now1 roughly figuring on the six orders1 ,i found that it would take at least four hours to get the work out4 ,this is but one example of the many little worries which tend to make up the everyday troubles of a department store sign writer4 ,i therefore believe that it is absolutely necessary to run the shop under rules1 an outline of which follows40 ,write up an order form and have printed and tableted1 as our illustration shows4 ,illustration3 ,,card ,,sign ,,order4 ,scraps of paper are very easily mislaid or lost1 and you will find an order blank of the below description a very necessary acquisition to your shop4 ,charging the cards to their respective departments will teach your customers to be caretaking1 hence your work will be considerably lessened4 ,the cause is obvious4 ,it is well to make it a standing rule that no one should wait while signs are being made4 ,this rule may be easily enforced by a promise of their prompt delivery when completed4 ,signs should be made according to the order in which they are received2 that is1 every one should wait his or her turn4 ,this rule need not apply to window tickets4 ,make a sign for your shop to be read as below and after having signed by some one in authority1 hang it in a conspicuous place and conform rigidly to its rules4 ,,rule ,i4 ,all orders must be written on the order blank provided for that purpose and approved by the head of the department4 ,,rule ,,ii4 ,sale sign orders must be in the sign shop at least four hours in advance of sale4 ,,rule ,,iii4 ,no one allowed to wait for signs or loaf in sign shop4 ,,rule ,,iv4 ,all work must be done in the order in which it is received4 ,this rule does not apply to window tickets4 99 99 99 99 99 ,,pen ,,writing4 ,the up-to-date card writer has adopted the pen to do a great deal of his work1 and1 indeed1 it is often used to excellent advantage4 ,a card written with the pen is decidedly neat and novel1 and is very effective4 ,perhaps it is not so bold in appearance as a card written with a brush1 but for a change 7and to be up-to-date7 it may serve you to give the pen a trial4 ,illustration ,illustration ,it requires but little practice to obtain the mastery of this style of show card writing4 ,buy a bottle of ,sanford's gloss black ink1 and a few of ,soennecke's round-writing pens1 which may be procured from any stationer1 and see what you can accomplish4 ,you will find it easy and pleasant work1 and soon be able to do very effective lettering4 ,learn to make the simple strokes first1 and then follow the style of lettering shown you in the illustrations1 as this letter lends itself easily and gracefully to pen formation4 ,embellishments may be added to the letters to suit the fancy of the artist4 ,illustration ,,marking ,,outfit4 ,fig4 #a is a section of a color mining stone bowl1 which can be purchased at paint goods stores4 ,fig4 #b is a piece of smooth marble1 eight by ten inches in size1 on which to mix colors4 ,the color mixing knife is also shown4 ,fig4 #c includes a set of camel's hair brushes1 assorted sizes4 ,fine brush ,a1 is for outlines2 broad ones1 ,b and ,c1 for filling in4 ,the color pots1 #d1 should be provided with brush supports1 ,d1 so as to keep the brushes from the paint when not in use4 ,a triangle1 #e1 a square1 #f1 flat rule1 #g1 and a compass1 #h1 are also required4 ,illustration ,,the ,,use ,,of ,,stencils ,,in ,,window ,,trimming4 ,as accessories to window trimming1 stencils have come to perform a useful part in that art of decoration4 ,where a number of show cards are to be lettered in the same manner1 no more effective or expeditious way of getting them out is to be found than by stenciling the same1 unless it is to have the cards printed1 a much more expensive process4 ,furthermore1 aside from the mere lettering on the card1 the trimmer may add and reproduce any ornament or device he choose1 and there again avoid the expense of having a cut engraved4 ,the experienced window trimmer finds many uses for his stenciling1 and this process is especially valuable in decorating the background of a trim1 where plain white papers1 colored cartridge papers1 cheap white cloth1 burlaps and numerous other materials may be patterned or lettered at very little expense and in such a manner as to add to the attractiveness of the trim4 ,to begin with1 the window trimmer needs but few things for cutting and applying his stencils3 a very sharp knife1 any kind of extra thick paper 7this must be coated with shellac varnish or oiled to prevent the paint from soaking into it71 some paint brushes1 oil and water color paints of the desired colors1 and a bottle of turpentine4 ,after the pattern or lettering chosen or designed is traced or drawn upon the paper1 care being taken that the design introduces cross strips to hold all together1 it is cut away4 ,then the varnish is applied4 ,when dry it is taken up and the edges of the stencil carefully cut here and there where the varnish may have run over1 as it is necessary to keep them clear and sharp4 ,next the desired colors are gotten out2 a large plate will serve for a palette1 though separate saucers for each color are preferable4 ,the colors1 if oil1 are mixed with a great deal of turpentine1 but water colors should be applied 8stiff40 ,next the stencil is held firmly against the fabric to be lettered or decorated1 and quickly but neatly painted over1 care being taken that the stencil pattern does not slip and rub the design1 and that part of the fabric appearing through the stencil each time is thus stamped4 ,the design can be repeated on the fabric at will and in any arrangement the window trimmer sees fit4 ,on cards and thin papers it is better to use thickly mixed water colors in place of oil colors1 as these latter are liable to spread4 ,in the cities one can get stencils already cut1 but there is no reason why the window trimmer should not design and cut his own1 as very little practice in this art makes perfect1 and one's own designs are1 for many purposes1 generally more applicable4 ,stencil1 alphabets of various sizes can be bought1 costing all the way from fifty cents to #a4ej a set1 according to their size4 ,these the window trimmer will find very valuable aids in lettering his show and price cards4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,use ,,of ,,stencils ,,in ,,window ,,trimming ,illustration3 ,,the ,,stencil ,,plate4 ,an exceedingly pretty effect was noticed in a down town ,new ,york shoe dealer's window1 gotten by giving the trim for a background a screen of light olive burlaps1 upon which the monogram of the firm was placed in stenciled pattern in metallic colors4 ,a little ingenuity along this line cannot fail to produce equally valuable effects4 ,if the spaces left by a stenciled letter are objected to1 these spaces may be easily filled in with a brush1 as is shown in the letter 8,r0 in the illustration4 ,by the use of stencils many pretty backgrounds may be made4 ,paper the sides and back of your window with common white print paper1 and then stencil a pretty border around them1 with ornaments to suit your fancy4 ,stenciled ornaments may also be used to decorate your card work4 ,if you have a neat monogram of the firm's initials cut1 you can use it in the corner of all your show cards4 ,illustration3 ,a ,,stenciled ,,border4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,stenciled ,,letter4 ,,chapter ,,xii4 ,,linen ,,and ,,handkerchief ,,drapings4 ,,linen ,,displays4 ,the month of ,january is generally considered 8,linen ,month10 and special pains are taken by wide awake merchants to interest buyers by means of attractive displays of these goods4 ,we show with this several modes of folding napkins4 ,fig4 #a shows a method of wrapping a fringed napkin or doyly closely about a stiff wire rod4 ,this may be used in many forms of arches and grille work4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c4 ,the regular fan-shaped fold is well known to everyone4 ,our illustration shows methods of varying the simple fan by producing the single and double circles4 ,what is called the 8bishop's mitre0 is next illustrated1 the three folds being very simple and easily executed4 ,illustration3 ,,samples ,,of ,,artistic ,,towel ,,draping4 ,we also show some samples of artistic towel draping1 suitable for both interior and window displays4 ,,how ,,to ,,fold ,,handkerchiefs4 ,the following is a description of the handkerchief folds1 the numbers corresponding with these in the illustration 8,a03 ,no4 #a3--,pleat the handkerchief from corner to corner1 and pin it in the center4 ,this will form a double leaf4 ,no4 #b4--;,fold the handkerchief once1 forming a triangle2 then pleat on the straight edge1 forming a single leaf4 ,no4 #c4--;,first fold the handkerchief into a small square1 turn the corner over1 forming a small triangle1 then pleat as in ,no4 #b4 ,this will form a small leaf4 ,nos4 #d and #e4--;,fold each corner to the center of handkerchief1 turn the handkerchief over and fold the corners again to the center1 then pull out the corners to the outside edge1 forming a puff4 ,no4 #f4--,pleat in some pleats across the handkerchief1 as indicated in the drawing1 pin about two inches from each end1 and draw the corners to the center1 forming a double circle4 ,illustration3 ,,handkerchief ,,display1 ,,showing ,,various ,,folds4--,morton4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,handkerchief ,,folds1 ,,numbered4--,a4 ,nos4 #g and #ac4--;,fold the handkerchief twice1 making a small square2 then turn the sides to the center1 as shown in drawing4 ,no4 #h4--;,fold as in ,no4 #f4 ,draw both the ends over1 and pin so as to form a double half circle4 ,no4 #i4--,pleat from corner to corner1 leaving one end a little short1 and pin4 ,this will form a double leaf4 ,nos4 #aj and #bj4--,take a small nickel rod or smooth stick the thickness you wish1 commence from the corner of the handkerchief and roll1 then pin and slide off the rod4 ,no4 #aa4--;,fold the handkerchief twice1 making a small square--then turn one of the corners over1 showing the complete border4 ,no4 #ab4--,pleat the handkerchief in small pleats1 as shown in drawing ,no4 #h4 ,then bend in the center1 which will form a small circle4 ,illustration3 ,,designs ,,in ,,folded ,,handkerchiefs4--,b4 ,illustration3 ,,designs ,,in ,,folded ,,handkerchiefs4--,c4 ,nos4 #ad and #ai4--,pleat as in ,no4 #h1 and draw both ends together4 ,this will form a large half circle--two pinned together form ,no4 #ad4 ,nos4 #ae1 #af and #ag4--;,fold the corners to the center of handkerchief1 then turn the handkerchief over and fold again1 the corners to the center4 ,turn it over again and fold corners to the center4 ,now draw out the edges of the handkerchief4 ,this will form a cross4 ,no4 #af shows the back1 ,no4 #ag the front and ,no4 #ae the center1 with the corners turned back4 ,no4 #ah4--,pleat handkerchief as in ,no4 #h1 pin in center1 and open both ends4 ,no4 #ba4--,shows two double leaves1 like drawing ,no4 #a1 one laid over the other4 ,the illustrations 8,b0 and 8,c0 will give the reader an idea of the numerous combinations that may be made from the different folds4 ,with a little ingenuity you can produce designs without limit4 ,i also show several windows in which examples of handkerchief folding are prominent1 thus affording the reader an opportunity of selecting a number of designs for his own use4 ,illustration3 ,,diagram ,,explaining ,,handkerchief ,,folds4 ,if you have a big window to decorate with fancy handkerchief folds it will be a good plan to get two or three salesgirls to assist in the folding4 ,show them how to fold the designs you require and their work will save you much valuable time4 ,the pinning together on the frames is quick work4 ,illustration3 ,,folded ,,handkerchief ,,display4--,morton4 ,illustration3 ,,folded ,,handkerchief ,,display4--,mohukern4 ,the diagram will give you a better idea of the folds than the other pictures1 which are reproductions of direct photographs from the goods themselves4 ,to produce the figure of 8,the ,greek ,cross10 proceed as follows3 ,after the handkerchief is spread out full size turn down all four corners exactly to the center1 producing ,no4 #a4 ,then turn face downward and again fold the corners to the center1 along the dotted lines ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d4 ,this makes ,no4 #b1 which is also turned face down and the corners turned to the center along the lines ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d1 and secured with bent pins4 ,the pattern is now turned with the face upwards and the final figure is easily completed1 as shown in ,no4 #c4 ,four loose laps appear1 and by placing the forefinger of each hand within these laps at point ,,aa1 and lifting the same the flaps straighten out and form ,b 7,no4 #c74 ,when all the flaps are raised and straightened the cross is formed and the figure completed4 ,illustration ,having formed this figure you may proceed to the more intricate folds derived from this foundation4 ,while making these first folds a couple of sheets of stiff paper will be of assistance in keeping them in place while turning them over4 ,another thing is to have the handkerchiefs ironed smooth1 and if they are stiff from starch all the better4 ,illustration ,illustration ,fold ,a4--,starting with ,no4 #e as a base1 turn it over1 then turn corners ,e1 ,f1 ,g1 ,h1 to center4 ,allow it to remain with same face upward4 ,turn new corner to the center and secure it4 ,now turn the handkerchief face upward and center points will turn themselves outward4 ,the inner points are turned back from the center1 making the complete figure as shown4 ,illustration3 ,,grand ,,arch1 ,,covered ,,with ,,folded ,,handkerchiefs4--,morton4 ,illustration3 ,,frontal ,,arch ,,of ,,folded ,,handkerchiefs4--,shogran4 ,fold ,b4--,this is the same as the center portion of fold ,a4 ,it is made in precisely the same manner1 but with the addition that the loose outer points of ,a are turned to the back and secured4 ,fold ,c4--,this is an effect produced by the use of two handkerchiefs folded one within the other4 ,except as regards the use of the inner handkerchief the pattern is nearly the same as fold ,b1 differing from it only in the first and last folds1 by which the inside handkerchief is arranged spread outside the handkerchief as in ,no4 #a1 and placed upon the other as shown in ,no4 #f4 ,fold the outer handkerchief as in ,no4 #e1 turn over1 turn corners ,e1 ,f1 ,g1 ,h to center and secure them2 turn face up1 shake out outer points1 and turn back points ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d as shown in ,no4 #g4 ,grasp points ,e1 ,f1 ,g1 ,h1 roll them under1 as shown in cut of fold ,c1 and secure with pins4 ,fold ,d4--,use two handkerchiefs laid evenly together corner to corner4 ,make ,no4 #b4 ,turn corners ,e1 ,f1 ,g1 ,h to center2 repeat and fasten4 ,turn face up and turn back center points4 ,when these points are turned back the under one is drawn a little further out than the upper1 thus showing the borders of both4 ,it is well to have the borders of prettily contrasting colors4 ,fold ,e4--,make ,no4 #b4 ,turn corners ,e1 ,f1 ,g1 ,h to center2 turn over and turn corners ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d to center and fasten4 ,turn face upwards4 ,take the projecting points in the center and turn them outward2 draw them a little toward the corner1 and the figure is complete4 ,,chapter ,,xiii4 ,,illusion ,,windows4 ,illustration ,one of the best modes of attraction for window displays is the 8illusion0 centerpiece4 ,it originated with dime museums and side shows1 but is none the less sure to arouse the curiosity of the observer4 ,the illusion consists of a beautiful young lady1 the lower half of whose body is invisible to the spectator1 the upper portion so resting on a pedestal as to appear to have an independent existence4 ,the effect of the illusion is very striking4 ,it is produced in a very simple manner3 ,a pedestal of wood is arranged as shown in the accompanying sketch1 the upper portion being a hollow bowl resting on a solid pillar or post1 a sufficient portion of the bowl being cut away to allow room for the young lady who is to take part in the illusion to stand immediately behind the pillar and within the upper portion of the pedestal4 ,extending at right angles from the pillar at either side are mirrors imbedded in the pedestal and having the edges ,a ,b and ,g ,h concealed by sprays of artificial flowers or other ornament extending from top of pedestal to platform on which it rests4 ,similar sprays are placed at front4 ,the lower portion of the mirror is concealed by the drapery which constitutes a part of the window display or of the background4 ,the drapery at either side of the window corresponds to that of the background4 ,its reflection in the mirrors deceives the spectator into the belief that he sees the drapery of the background beneath and around the pedestal4 ,this attraction could be used to advantage for the display of millinery1 fans1 parasols1 etc4 ,the best effect is obtained by having the figure quite a distance above the spectator4 ,,the ,,vanishing ,,lady4 ,illustration3 8,,the ,,vanishing ,,lady40 ,illustration ,an amplification of the foregoing illusion is called 8,the ,vanishing ,lady10 and we reproduce a picture of a window in which this effect was a recent attraction4 ,it occupied but a small space in the center of the display1 showing the bust and head of a pretty young woman1 supported on a thin pedestal with a large bowl top4 ,from the waist down the young woman was invisible2 at the same time one could see all around the pedestal1 which produced a startling illusion4 ,at short intervals this young woman would disappear right into the pedestal 7or so it would seem71 and presently would reappear with new hat1 waist1 gloves1 etc4 ,this would continue1 showing every ten minutes or so a complete change of hat1 etc4 ,the following diagram with description will explain the workings4 ,a platform #b feet #f inches high is built in the window1 with three frames around1 #g feet high1 draped in green plush4 ,erect a thin pedestal1 with two large wooden meat chopping bowls1 one on top1 one on bottom1 neatly enameled4 ,one-quarter of the bowls at back are cut away1 two grooves cut in pedestal and two mirrors set in1 as in diagram4 ,the mirrors reflect the sides of frame1 which gives the appearance of seeing all around4 ,a trap door in the floor allows the girl to disappear down a simply constructed elevator into the basement1 where she changes her hat1 neckwear1 etc41 to again reappear4 ,the elevator is balanced by two bags of sand4 ,when the girl gets off1 a bolt is put in the beam to keep the platform from flying up4 ,this window was a great success4 ,the second day the firm using it was compelled to put up an iron rail in front of plate glass for fear it would be broken by the crowds4 ,the young woman was very pretty1 and every hat was becoming2 and her changes were many during the day4 ,a ,,clever ,,illusion4 ,fig4 #a shows an original method for a novel window attraction4 ,it consists in having a plush covered box on a table in the center of the show window1 and arranged in the rear as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 #a #b ,the box should be about the right size to accommodate the head and shoulders of a person4 ,a hole is cut in the cover1 through which the person's head projects4 ,the entire bottom of the box is removed and a corresponding opening is cut in the top of the table4 ,by looking at the arrangement from the front1 the head1 flags1 box and table are seen1 and every one wonders where is the rest of the person4 ,the box is of course much too small to hold a person1 and as the space beneath the table appears perfectly clear1 the mystery is increased4 ,this illusion is easily performed4 ,fig4 #b shows a side and rear view4 ,the whole plan is effected by means of two pieces of plate mirror1 ,a and ,b4 ,these pieces should be high enough to reach from the floor to the lower side of the table top1 and wide enough to extend at an angle with each1 of about #de degrees1 the angle forming ,c1 where the sides join1 and ending far enough back to cover the person4 ,the angular formation of the mirrors will reflect the floor in front1 and if the edges of the mirror are draped so as not to show from the front1 the appearance from the street is that the space below the table top is open1 and that the person of the individual whose head projects from the box is in some mysterious way confined in the very limited room which the box affords4 ,the plate mirror is the only costly article1 and as this is not injured by use for a few weeks1 it can be resold1 or perhaps rented in the beginning4 ,,the ,,high ,,collar ,,illusion4 ,illustration ,the effect shown in figure #a never fails to attract a great deal of notice4 ,it is easily performed by two persons as illustrated in figure #a4 ,the former is a front view1 and from the street the people see a person sitting comfortably in a chair in the center of the show window4 ,the remarkable feature is the very long neck of the person1 on which is a collar two or three feet high4 ,the trick is done with mirrors as in figure #b4 ,first1 quite a tall man is required to stand upright like the figure at the back4 ,the upper part of the high collar circles this man's neck4 ,the collar is cut open at the back so that the shoulders are on the outside4 ,the collar extends down and over the head of the second man4 ,the latter is of small size1 generally a boy4 ,he is placed on chair ,g1 facing to the front4 ,plate mirrors ,c and ,d are now set up at an angle with each other of about #fe degrees4 ,the edges of the mirrors join at ,f1 completely obscuring the body of the man at the rear from the front view4 ,it is necessary that the mirrors be cut out at ,e for the shoulders and correctly matched at ,b1 so that from the front or the street1 only the man's head and the collar show4 ,if rightly adjusted1 persons looking in from the front will see only the man in the chair1 the high collar and the head4 ,of course the effect is startling and novel1 but it always interests4 ,the edges of the mirrors should be trimmed with any goods which it is desired to advertise4 ,the reflection in the mirrors make it appear as if the space back of the chair were vacant4 ,,to ,,show ,,three ,,displays ,,at ,,once4 ,fig4 #a is a section through the basement1 ground floor and second floor of a store in which an arrangement of reflecting mirrors makes it possible for a person who is looking into the show window from ,g to see what is displayed on the floors above and below4 ,first the window floor is cut out at ,a and the top at ,b4 ,mirrors1 ,c and ,d1 are adjusted on the back of the openings1 inclined twenty to thirty degrees4 ,each mirror is the width of the opening1 which would be about two-thirds the width of the window4 ,the mirrors must be pivoted on adjustable frames so as to permit a proper setting for a good effect4 ,the height of each mirror would be about five and one-half feet1 and swung so that about three feet is inside the floor and ceiling line of the window4 ,the large mirrors1 ,e and ,f1 are arranged as shown4 ,that in the basement should reach nearly to the ceiling1 and should be wide enough to take in the floor4 ,the upper mirror is arranged similarly4 ,the next move consists in so placing the goods in the ground floor show window that the edges of the small mirrors are covered1 also the edges of the openings to the basement and top floor4 ,the spectator standing on the sidewalk at ,g sees not only the goods in the ground show window1 but his sight line is reflected from ,h to ,i and he sees all that is displayed in the basement4 ,by glancing upward1 his sight line is reflected to ,j1 thence to ,k1 and he sees the second floor display4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,,chapter ,,xiv4 ,,motors ,,for ,,mechanical ,,displays4 ,the best motor for all general purposes is without doubt an electric motor4 ,these can be procured at a moderate cost as small as -horse power1 which is sufficient for an ordinary mechanical effect4 ,,the ,,electric ,,motor ,may be attached to the regular supply wire1 and is so little trouble to the trimmer that it is preferable to all other motors whenever it can be used4 ,it is frequently necessary ,,to ,,reduce ,,speed ,of an electric or fan motor1 and the simplest method is to attach incandescent lights to it4 ,for a fan motor two #cb-;candle power incandescents will materially reduce the speed1 as they cut off just the amount of power required to run them4 ,in towns where there is no electricity one of the following simple motors will be found serviceable and easily constructed3 ,a ,,water ,,motor4 ,the water motor is made of tin1 in the same form as an ordinary overshot water wheel1 is #cj inches in diameter by #c inches wide1 with a -inch rod through the center4 ,a #b-;inch pulley is fastened to one end of the rod1 for the belt4 ,any tinner will make one of these motors and incase it in tin for #e or #f4 ,,another ,,type ,,of ,,small ,,water ,,motors4 ,there is usually plenty of water available in stores1 and it does not require much pressure to get from two to five horse power from a little motor of so simple design that almost any one can construct one with a few tools and at small cost4 ,the accompanying description is for making a motor from which to obtain air for a sand blast1 wind power for window devices1 etc4 ,the wheel consists of a cylinder on a shaft1 having nearly semi-circular buckets on its periphery4 ,the water is directed by the nozzle nearly tangential to the upper side of the bucket1 and after traversing around the wall of the bucket it leaves in a nearly horizontal line in the opposite direction to that from which it entered4 ,as the water leaves the bucket it drops slightly below the level of the wheel and falls into the basin1 from which it passes off through a drain pipe4 ,the water power is direct from a hose4 ,the motor will be very useful for operating mechanical window devices4 ,the wheel is sixteen inches diameter1 and the buckets are one and one-eighth inches square and two inches apart1 and they are made of galvanized iron1 soldered together1 while the wheel is one off from an old ordinary bicycle4 ,illustration3 ,a ,,simple ,,water ,,motor ,,for ,,running ,,window ,,devices4 ,the axle is a piece of old water pipe4 ,an empty box will do for the case for the wheel4 ,a wheel of these proportions1 run with about sixty-five pounds pressure per square inch at the nozzle the latter having -inch jet1 should revolve the wheel at a speed sufficient to develop two-horse power4 ,the water pressure is taken in at the nozzle1 and the outlet is at the bottom4 ,if possible1 take the water from the main pipe coming from the street main and reduced to one and a half inches1 just before reaching the motor4 ,with a head of water of forty feet1 a power amounting to about #a horse power is obtained1 using one nozzle4 ,this is sufficient to run an #h or #aj-;inch fan1 a small dynamo or other light machinery in the store4 ,,the ,,sand ,,motor4 ,for slowly moving mechanical displays the following motor is reliable and satisfactory3 ,a frame of wood 7a7 is first made1 in which is placed a shaft 7c7 and a wooden pulley 7b74 ,the pulley should be tightly secured to the shaft1 the end of the latter resting in a step 7d7 secured to the bottom of the frame4 ,upon the top of the shaft place a circular board1 which holds your display4 ,a cord is run once around your pulley1 and then over a small wheel 7e7 at either side1 from whence both ends drop through a hole in the window floor4 ,one end of the cord is weighted1 the other connected with a flat weight resting upon the sand1 which is your motive power4 ,make an upright box1 as shown in the illustration1 with a partition in the middle4 ,in the center of the partition make a small hole for the sand to filter through4 ,the size of the hole regulates the speed of your motor4 ,the box should have a cover for each end4 ,as the sand falls through the hole in the partition the weight which rests upon the sand falls also1 your pulley wheel being revolved at the same time4 ,when the sand has run through1 which may be in an hour or six hours1 as you will arrange1 cover the top of the box1 reverse it1 and place the weight upon the sand again4 ,it is the same principle as the hour glass1 and is easily made and operated4 ,illustration ,,the ,,clock ,,motor4 ,this is not very strong1 but is capable of running simple and evenly balanced mechanical displays4 ,procure a common wooden weight clock1 such as is called a 8,columbus ,clock40 ,any jeweler can purchase it for you at a small price1 if he has not one in stock4 ,run a wire through the highest geared wheel1 sharp on one end1 to run on a pivot acting below4 ,connect your fixture to this pivot wheel4 ,pull up the weight1 and the mechanism will run very easily4 ,it needs to be rewound every three hours4 ,to increase speed1 add to the weight4 ,if your mechanism is nicely adjusted1 it will require no more power to run it than may be obtained from one of these clock motors4 99 99 99 99 99 ,,chapter ,,xv4 ,,mechanical ,,displays4 ,mechanical window dressing has made great strides during the past few years1 and has become an important factor in successful displays4 ,when you hear a decorator sneer at mechanical features you may be sure he has himself no mechanical genius or he would not endeavor to belittle so genuine an attraction4 ,not that mechanical displays are suitable for all occasions1 but there are times in every decorator's experience when a 8motion window0 is really a necessity1 and many other times when mechanism is a desirable adjunct to a display that otherwise would be commonplace4 ,people are naturally curious4 ,they will always stop to examine anything that moves1 and will enjoy studying out the mechanism or wondering how the effect has been obtained4 ,any decorator is capable of figuring out for himself diverse attractive mechanical displays1 but for the benefit of those who may require preliminary instructions1 or need on occasion a device already planned1 ,i shall describe several effects that have been used by prominent decorators during the past few months1 as well as the staple mechanical appliances4 ,one of the simplest centerpieces is the ,,revolving ,,stand4 ,to make this fixture use four solid wheels five and one-half1 four and one-half1 three and one-half and two and one-half feet in diameter4 ,fasten them three feet apart to a #c #c in4 post extending from the floor to the ceiling2 the post to have bearings at each end4 ,the largest wheel to be attached at the bottom #f in4 from the floor4 ,under this wheel1 and fastened to the post1 a large pulley is used4 ,illustration ,make the turn in the belt by the use of small pulleys attached to the motor4 ,regulate the speed to about one revolution a minute1 and you have a window that no man need be ashamed of4 ,,contra-,,revolving ,,pillars4 ,the following mechanical fixture will serve to display almost any class of merchandise3 ,make four boxes1 ten inches square and seven and one-half feet long1 by using #a-;in4 boards #aj in4 square for the ends and #a-;inch strips for the corners4 ,cover all four sides with pasteboard1 it being puffed with cheesecloth4 ,then make a hexagonal box the same length1 ten inches on a side4 ,treat this the same as the others4 ,now fasten across the window1 eight feet from the floor1 three two-inch strips4 ,place the first one #ah inches from the glass1 making them as far apart as the window will admit of1 the distance being equal1 and the last one being at least ten inches from the back of the window4 ,on the underside of the two end strips fasten a curtain fixture #ab inches from each end1 and one of the same kind in the center of middle strip2 on one end of each box fasten a curtain fixture to fit those on the strips4 ,on the other end of each box fasten a #aj-;inch wood pulley2 the pulley to be #b inches from the end of the box and #c inches from the floor4 ,make the connection from the floor to the end of the box with a #b-;inch square post2 fit curtain fixtures in the floor and to the end of the posts2 then place the belt around the pulleys and attach to the motor2 then trim the posts4 ,place a false bottom in the window just above the pulleys1 cover with cloth1 and the window is ready4 ,start your motor and the entire display is in motion4 ,illustration ,,revolving ,,star4 ,in the picture is shown a mechanical window which was very simple1 very attractive and which sold a great many goods4 ,the center star1 which revolved slowly1 was ten feet across1 or from tip to pit1 and had a green incandescent light placed in the center1 which flashed three times to each revolution4 ,the half-stars on the sides each contained a red incandescent light which burned continuously4 ,this display1 while very simple1 was one of the most attractive windows ,i have seen1 it being almost impossible for a person to pass on either side of the street without it attracting their attention4 ,the goods shown were ,french ginghams arranged in regard to their respective colors4 ,the power used to move the star was a small fan motor geared to gain power at the expense of speed4 ,illustration ,a ,,skirt ,,sale4 ,illustration ,illustration ,here is a very pretty idea of a skirt sale1 which the designer has transposed to a 8skirt sail40 ,the illustration will give you a fair idea of the window4 ,the background and floor were of pink colored material1 the boat being covered with white crepe paper and trimmed with red1 white and blue ribbon4 ,the sail itself was a handsome skirt of illuminated silk1 thrown into stronger relief by having all the other skirts black4 ,water1 of course1 was represented by light blue goods1 and ladder effects with rope covered with #c-;inch strips of fringed crepe paper4 ,the boat was given a rocking motion by means of a simple device which we illustrate1 attached to a -horse power electric motor1 geared down to a #e-;inch crank4 ,a rope is run through a small pulley on the floor to another pulley under the boat1 and then attached to the end of the boat4 ,a roller shade spring is fastened to the other end1 the boat being hinged in the middle4 ,,mechanical ,,ships4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b4 ,another method of imitating a ship riding the waves is shown herewith4 ,the hull1 ,a1 is a plain piece of board1 and the masts are strips of wood nailed to this4 ,purchase a common bed spring and attach it to the center of the keel1 as at ,b1 and attach the lower part of the spring to a piece of wood on the window floor4 ,if the balance is right it will be simply necessary to tip the ship a little to set it rocking to and fro in imitation of riding the waves4 ,a little wheel can be set at ,c1 and a cord put under it and connected with the hull4 ,the cord can run to a point inside the store1 where it can be pulled occasionally by hand1 thus setting the ship to rocking4 ,or this cord can be connected to a door or to an electric motor4 ,next1 the ship is trimmed4 ,the hull1 railing1 mast1 etc41 are covered or wound with white or colored stuff1 and the sails are made of lace or any desired fabric4 ,the surface of the sea is represented with appropriate cloth4 ,a slit should be cut1 into which to put the hull1 and the edges are tacked to the wood several inches below the ship's rail4 ,the cloth will then follow the motion of the ship1 and closely represent waves4 ,a ,,windmill4 ,illustration ,a cheap windmill frame and wheel can be made as in the accompanying drawing4 ,the stand is wood1 and the two upright pieces are bored out at the top for the broom handle shaft ,a4 ,a hub of wood1 ,b1 is attached to one end1 and four blades cut from thin wood are inserted4 ,a large spool1 ,c1 is put on the other end of the shaft1 and a cord run over this to a wheel1 ,d1 below4 ,the frame1 shaft and wheel should be trimmed with appropriate material1 and a pasteboard front put up in representation of the old-fashioned grinding mill4 ,the pasteboard should be painted in imitation of stone work4 ,,another ,,windmill4 ,another style of windmill can be made in this way3 ,place on the floor in the middle of the window a box #bd in4 square1 #d ft4 high4 ,on top of this box fasten a wheel #e ft4 in diameter4 ,on top of this wheel fasten an octagonal box #c ft4 across at the bottom and #b ft4 at the top1 #c ft4 high4 ,on the top of this box fasten bearings for a shaft #c ft4 long4 ,on the end of this shaft fasten four arms to measure #bd in4 from shaft2 also fasten a large pulley to this shaft in the center of the box4 ,over this pulley the belt is run to the motor below4 ,over the top of the box construct a roof2 then at the back of the box that rests on the floor build a frame as wide as the box and #c ft4 high1 this to extend to back of the window4 ,over this make a roof so that the apex is just a little above the large wheel4 ,cover all the wood with cloth1 then with any kind of goods you may desire4 ,start your motor and you will have an old-fashioned windmill in operation4 ,illustration ,,mechanical ,,skirt ,,window4 ,illustration ,i show herewith drawings for the construction of a wheel upon which skirts may be displayed4 ,the face of the wheel concaves1 or slopes in toward the center4 ,white skirts1 under which colored paper has been placed1 may be fastened around the outside1 either in the form of a circle or a hexagon1 the bottoms of the skirts being at the side of the wheel4 ,then1 almost at the center1 arrange four more skirts the same as the others4 ,then cover the tops of the last skirts with a large1 round ticket1 fastened to the wheel with a hat pin1 and weighted1 so that the ticket will remain stationary while the wheel revolves4 ,the wheel may be of any size1 to suit your window1 and should be constructed of pine or other light material4 ,it is extremely simple1 and may be constructed by any one1 while1 as may be seen at a glance1 it is sure to be a very attractive display4 ,,the ,,folding ,,star4 ,the design is a background1 to be used in connection with any line of goods4 ,when the star is closed all that fronts the spectator is a mass of white puffing4 ,it slowly opens and reveals a recess in which is a display of goods strongly lighted by hidden incandescents4 ,the effect is beautiful and is sure to attract attention4 ,the back of the points1 which form the star when it is opened1 are puffed in yellow or some other color harmonizing with your display4 ,upon each point1 the framework of which is shown here1 is fastened a spring hinge1 such as is used on screen doors4 ,these hinges operate to close the points4 ,strong picture wire is used to draw back the points1 and this must be fastened as near the hinges as possible in order that it may be concealed by the puffing1 as it is on the face of the display1 pulling the points out4 ,by covering the hinges and wire with stiff paper1 and puffing over that1 a space will be left for the wire to run in and render it invisible4 ,the pulleys at the three corners of the framework1 as shown in the drawing1 should be double1 the wires running over them being spliced a few inches beyond the pulleys4 ,the large drive wheel shown in the basement should be set up with one standard to allow the wires to make a complete revolution4 ,illustration ,illustration ,illustration ,if you have mirrors1 and can set them on each side of the star at an angle of about #de degrees1 they will by reflection give your display the effect of three stars4 ,where this idea is used for a millinery window the face of the display could be covered by white flowers instead of puffing1 and the points of the stars with bunches of violets4 ,,the ,,mechanical ,,star4 ,first build a large star1 six1 eight or ten points1 according to number of articles to be displayed1 which can be twice as many as the number of points on large star4 ,to the center of this star fasten a round shaft or axle1 allowing it to extend on back of star only1 and be flush with front of star 7see ,b1 fig4 #b74 ,on this shaft1 and about #c inches from the star fasten a wheel with a groove in edge to receive a round belt 7,a1 fig4 #b74 ,then build upright 7,c1 figs4 #b and #c74 ,on top of this upright fasten two bearings 7,d1 figs4 #b and #c74 ,through these bearings pass the shaft 7,b7 and fasten in place with pins 7,e1 ,e1 fig4 #b71 these to prevent shaft pan coming out when in motion4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f4 ,,fig4 #b4 ,next make twice as many small #e-pointed stars as points on large star4 ,on back1 and exactly in center of these1 glue some small pieces of heavy cardboard1 about the size of a penny1 and in center of back of same star1 at bottom1 fasten some lead or other weights4 ,see fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a4 ,next decorate face of large star by pleating the points in cheesecloth1 or any other way desired1 and after having lettered the face of each of the small stars pass a large pin through the re-enforcement in center of them and fasten one to each of the points of the large star1 as shown in fig4 #a4 ,the large star1 shown in center of fig4 #a should be treated the same as the small ones4 ,if you take hold of the grooved wheel or shaft and turn it now1 it should cause the large star to revolve carrying the small ones with it2 but the small weights on back of small stars will cause them to remain right side up1 as will also the star in center1 and if not run too fast will produce a very pretty effect4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c4 ,figure #c shows rear view and fig4 #b side view4 ,the dotted line shown in fig4 #b shows the background of window1 which should pass immediately in back of large star1 and front of grooved wheel1 thereby concealing all other mechanism4 ,this design may be varied by removing the small stars and in their place substituting small swinging shelves4 ,should these shelves be used instead of stars1 almost any kind of articles 7not too heavy or large7 can be displayed1 as could also slippers or shoes hung in the same manner4 ,in fact1 this contrivance can be used in many ways4 ,now that the effect is all ready it becomes necessary to cause it to revolve and it is imperative to in some way reduce the speed of the motor4 ,a practical speed reducer is shown in fig4 #d4 ,it is made as follows3 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d4 ,two cast iron side frames1 between which ,i run a worm gear4 ,against this gear is run a worm4 ,on the end of the worm shaft ,i have a pulley with two different sized grooves in the edge4 ,to this pulley ,i run my motor belt1 on the shaft which runs through the worm gear and is allowed to extend outside of frames4 ,i fasten another pulley wheel with different size grooves in edge and by running my power belt from this wheel to my display ,i get whatever speed ,i desire1 depending on which groove ,i run the belt from4 ,i do not expect many window dressers will be able to construct these gears themselves1 but any good machinist can make it and once secured it will always be ready for use1 take up very little room in window and pay for itself many times over4 ,,revolving ,,wheel4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d4 ,figs4 #b to #d illustrate how to make a revolving wheel for showing goods4 ,the stand is made of four pieces of #a #a pine1 ,a1 three feet high1 and the top joined with cross pieces1 ,b1 of the same stock4 ,bore an inch hole for the wheel shaft on each side4 ,the wheel is three and a half feet in diameter4 ,hooping will do for the rims1 ,c1 and these are nailed to wood spokes and the latter wired to a hub made from a block of wood1 and bored out for the inch shaft on which the wheel is to turn4 ,the wheel is strengthened by nailing on a second hoop at ,d4 ,the whole affair should be covered with cloth1 and swinging boxes attached to the rims1 in which to put goods4 ,the view #c shows the width of the wheel and a wood grooved pulley fastened to the wheel shaft at ,f4 ,fig4 #d shows how to make the wheel turn about four times per minute4 ,after the wheel and frame are set up in the window1 make a stand of wood pieces1 ,c ,c1 and put a #b-;inch diameter round piece of wood1 ,h1 in holes cut for same and arrange for turning by means of the crank1 ,j4 ,put up a grooved wood pulley at ,l1 and run a cord over this4 ,one end of the cord is weighted with a few bricks1 ,m4 ,the pulley1 ,k1 is the same as pulley1 ,f1 in fig4 #c4 ,another cord encircles this and also the round piece1 ,h4 ,the crank1 ,j1 is turned1 and thirty or forty turns of the cord taken on the round piece ,h4 ,then the device is left alone1 and the weight of the bricks steadily pulls on the cord1 gradually unwinding it1 causing the round piece1 ,h1 to turn and slowly revolve the big wheel4 ,after an hour or so the cord is unwound and is rewound by turning the crank again4 ,,half ,,revolving ,,busts4 ,illustration ,for a millinery display1 or any other attraction of a like character1 two bust forms may be made to turn half way around1 in opposite directions1 then pause1 and turn back to their original positions4 ,this is accomplished by means of a large wheel to which two eccentrics are attached1 each eccentric being connected with a standard holding a bust4 ,our diagram shows the floor plan of the mechanism1 the large #ah-;inch wheel1 which is run by means of an electric motor1 turning the eccentrics as indicated4 ,the standards supporting the wax figures run through the centers of the side pillars4 ,the bowls at the top remain stationary1 while the busts turn4 ,illustration ,,straw ,,hat ,,machine4 ,a novel mechanical display of straw hats is arranged as follows3 ,illustration ,make a box #d ft4 high and #ah in4 wide2 open two sides #ae in4 from the top2 set this box on end1 the open side to the top4 ,the open side also to face the glass and to be about half way back and to one side of the window4 ,make a little platform #ab #ah1 about #f in4 below the opening in front2 a like platform1 only to be longer and even with the opening in the back4 ,now bore a hole in each side of the box about the center of the opening and insert a shaft4 ,on this shaft inside the box nail four light boards1 #f in4 wide and #ae in4 long2 then fasten a #d-;in4 pulley to the end of the shaft and connect with the motor4 ,now fill the back of the window up #c or #d ft4 with straw1 letting it slope down toward the glass4 ,cover the entire floor with straw1 and also the platform in the back4 ,then place hats on stands on the floor and suspend hats from rods above them4 ,place three or four hats on the stand in front1 and make a sign which reads1 8,straw hats while you wait40 ,start your motor and you have a window that will sell hats4 ,illustration3 ,,example ,,of ,,display ,,with ,,half ,,revolving ,,busts4--,mc,faddin4 8,,an ,,eruption ,,of ,,vesuvius40 ,the designer describes this effect as follows3 8,in describing the window as seen through the plate glass1 one can easily imagine he is looking at a bit of nature1 only in a miniature form4 ,in the foreground1 moored to a dock1 is seen a gondola1 majestically rising and falling upon an effect that looks precisely like a deep1 clear body of water1 with a slow1 even motion so perfect that it is impossible to determine when it begins or stops4 ,in the distance old ,vesuvius is belching fire and lava1 which looks so real it is hard to believe it is only an illusion40 ,illustration ,the drawing will at a glance give a fair idea of the mechanical contrivance used to obtain these effects4 ,illustration3 ,,diagram ,,showing ,,mechanism ,,of ,,the ,,volcano ,,and ,,moon ,,effects'4 ,the rising and falling motion to the water effect was made on the plan of scale beams1 as can be seen in drawing4 ,cords were fastened to ends of levers marked #8,b' and passing them under rollers #8,e' and hooking the other ends to crank-wheel #8,c4' ,as wheel #8,c' would revolve it pulled levers down1 causing center1 containing water effect1 on which was placed the gondola1 to rise1 and in turn the weight of the gondola would cause the center to fall when levers were released by wheel4 ,i used window weights to balance it1 allowing center to be heavy enough to sink of its own weight4 ,illustration ,illustration3 ,,design ,,showing ,,the 8,,eruption ,,of ,,vesuvius40--,shogran4 ,the water effect was obtained by placing a piece of double strength window glass1 #c ft4 #c ft4 #f in4 on the frame1 the detail of which you will find illustrated4 ,underneath it ,i placed a canvas frame painted near the same shade as the water in the foreground of my canvas representing ,vesuvius4 ,on the top of said frame ,i puffed loosely very fine veiling4 ,i also puffed the veiling on top glass4 ,the painted canvas frame gave me the water color1 the glass1 the realistic reflection1 and the veiling mystified the whole4 ,hence a perfect water illusion1 well worth trying4 ,the fire and lava belching from the crater of mountain ,i obtained in the following manner3 ,i first covered the entire canvas on back with heavy paper1 making it perfectly opaque1 then ,i tore a hole1 beginning at the top or crater of mountain1 about #e inches wide1 widening gradually as ,i went upwards1 and to one side4 ,then ,i cut several openings large enough to admit little streaks of light on the left slope of mountain to represent lava running down the side1 above which ,i cut a round hole for the moon2 all which can be plainly seen in the picture4 ,back of opening representing lava ,i pasted different shades of red paper 7tissue paper7 and back of moon yellow4 ,back of the large opening at the top of mountain ,i placed a large wheel made of two layers of red tissue paper with little tufts of grey wadding between4 ,back of this wheel1 exactly opposite the opening representing the crater1 ,i placed a lamp4 ,when set in motion ,i had the most beautiful representation of real1 burning fire4 ,as the different thicknesses of the wheel would pass the lamp they were illuminated1 and as they passed on up they would cool off and finally die1 disappearing in the smoke and steam1 which was represented by carefully tufted white and grey cotton on the front of canvas4 ,two lamps higher up illuminated the smoke and steam in the sky2 another to light up streaks of lava seen on the left slope2 and the fifth lamp for the moon1 which threw its yellow glow in beautiful contrast to the ever raging1 burning flames from the crater of ,vesuvius4 ,in conclusion1 ,i wish to say that ,i know my attempt at describing these effects is a failure1 compared to seeing them in reality4 ,mr4 ,shogran won a gold medal for inventing this fine effect4 ,a ,,study ,,in ,,astronomy4 ,one of the most remarkable mechanical displays yet conceived is that designed by ,m4 ,m4 ,mohnkern1 called 8,a ,study in ,astronomy40 ,it is not theoretical1 but has been made and exhibited by ,mr4 ,mohnkern and has attracted and delighted thousands4 ,it is1 to be sure1 rather complicated in construction1 and requires a mechanic to build it1 so that it will work smoothly2 but it is thoroughly practical1 and so very novel and beautiful when completed that it will repay the labor expended to produce it4 ,the device is intended as a background for any display of goods1 and may be utilized by any merchant who has a show window1 the expense being very little aside from labor4 ,in his description ,mr4 ,mohnkern says3 8,in looking at this display through the show window one can easily imagine he has been transferred to some other planet and is looking at the solar system1 where old mother earth revolves slowly around the sun4 ,in the distance the moon is changing1 first in the dark of the moon to the first quarter1 then to the half1 the third quarter and the full moon1 decreasing again in the same way4 ,the stars twinkle as naturally as they do in the heavens2 the whole display is grand and awe inspiring40 ,we can well believe this4 ,fig4 #a is the front view of the window1 showing the sun1 moon1 earth and stars1 and the orbit of the earth where it revolves around the sun4 ,a strip of lumber was bent into a large circle1 almost the full size of the window4 ,black cambric was stretched from this to the four sides of the window1 and openings cut in the corners for the stars and moon1 as represented1 ,c ,c ,c being the stars1 and ,d the moon4 ,back of each of the three stars in each corner small wheels were placed 7see ,f ,f ,f1 ,fig4 #b74 ,these wheels were twice as large as the stars1 and placed so that the center of each wheel was directly opposite a point of a star4 ,then half of each wheel was covered with black cambric and the other half with bright red4 ,as the wheels revolved very fast1 it made them twinkle like real stars4 ,the moon was a large round hole cut in the cambric with yellow tissue paper pasted back of it1 and an electric light suspended behind the opening4 ,a disk is made1 a little larger than the opening1 as shown in ,figs4 #e and #f4 ,a1 ,fig4 #e1 is the opening of the cambric2 ,b is the disk2 ,c is where the disk is connected with the axle4 ,this disk is covered with black cambric and placed between the cambric background and the window pane4 ,thus it will be seen that as the disk slowly swung around1 the changes of the moon would occur4 ,illustration3 ,a ,,study ,,in ,,astronomy ,,fig4 #a4 ,,fig4 #b4 ,,fig4 #c4 ,,fig4 #d4 ,,fig4 #e4 ,,fig4 #f4 ,two more strips of lumber were now bent into circles1 about eighteen to twenty inches smaller in diameter than the first circle4 ,one of these was placed flush with the first circle and held in position by means of braces ,i ,i4 ,this circle was then covered by stretching black cambric snugly over it1 and an opening was cut in the center to represent the sun 7,b1 ,fig4 #a74 ,yellow tissue paper was pasted over this1 and an electric light suspended directly back of it4 ,star-shaped openings were now cut in this cambric1 as shown by the stars in the central portion of ,fig4 #a4 ,the second circle was placed about six inches back of this 7see ,fig4 #c1 ,a #a and ,a #b74 ,it was held in position by braces ,f ,f1 ,fig4 #c4 ,these two circles formed a track on which the earth slowly revolved4 ,another circle was next formed1 similar to the first one1 except that this had four spokes1 ,i ,i ,i and ,j1 ,fig4 #b4 ,the spoke marked ,j was long enough to reach the center of the globe and connect to an axle1 as seen in ,fig4 #c4 ,this circle was also covered with black cambric1 and irregular holes cut in it 7,h ,h ,h1 ,fig4 #b71 over which pieces of red tissue paper were pasted4 ,these are represented by the irregular patches in ,fig4 #b4 ,this rear disk was fastened to a pivot 7,fig4 #c7 and placed three inches back of the front disk in which the stars and sun were cut4 ,as it slowly revolved it carried the globe around with it1 and the irregular tissue paper opening coming opposite each star caused the stars to twinkle like those in the corners4 ,the earth was constructed as follows3 ,two bushel baskets were procured1 the handles cut off1 and a brace nailed across the center of each4 ,holes were bored in the middle of these braces1 and an axle inserted 7,b1 ,fig4 #d7 and made fast to the bottom of the basket4 ,then the spoke ,j1 ,fig4 #d1 which has a hole in the end1 is slipped over the axle and the other basket placed in position and fastened opposite the first4 ,the baskets were left far enough apart to allow them to revolve4 ,in ,fig4 #d1 ,a ,a1 are the baskets1 ,b is the axle1 c c c c braces1 ,j the spoke1 corresponding with ,j in ,figs4 #b and #c4 ,the profile drawing in ,fig4 #c will enable you to see the mechanism at a glance4 ,a#a and ,a#b are the circles on which the globe representing the earth revolves2 ,b is the disk with the long spoke1 ,j1 placed between these two circles2 ,c is the pivot which causes disk ,b to revolve4 ,d ,d are the braces holding disk ,b in position4 ,f ,f and ,i ,i are the braces holding ,a#a and ,a#b in position2 ,g is the pulley on pivot ,c that run the different parts2 ,k is the main belt leading from the basement2 ,l ,l ,l are belts running to pivots ,h ,h ,h4 ,all framework liable to show should be made black2 also have the cords you use for belts black4 ,,revolving ,,cylinder4 ,this is a simple but very effective mechanical contrivance1 and may be constructed by any amateur3 ,make three circular pieces from one-inch planed boards1 ,a ,a ,a4 ,through the exact centers of these run a rod1 ,,ee4 ,nail two-inch strips1 c c c1 placed a little distance apart1 over the discs1 one of which is placed at either end1 and the third in the center4 ,this forms the barrel1 ,,aaa1 with the rod1 ,,ee1 as pivot4 ,this pivot rests on crotches1 ,,dd1 allowing the barrel to revolve when the motive power below 7at ,g7 causes the fly-wheel1 which is securely fastened to ,e1 to turn by means of the circular band1 ,b4 ,the crotches1 ,,dd1 should be high enough to bring the barrel to the center and middle of the window4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,reading ,,cylinder4 ,cover the barrel with cloth--a dark material is best--and upon this pin or tack the articles to be displayed4 ,almost any articles1 not too large1 may be shown1 and they should be so arranged as to present variety as the wheel revolves4 ,suspend a screen in your window that will cover the mechanical apparatus1 only allowing the front section of the barrel to show4 ,thus1 as the barrel slowly revolves1 a panorama of merchandise is shown the observer1 and the constant change will undoubtedly attract much attention4 ,you may letter the screen in any manner that suits your fancy1 and this arrangement will not prevent your placing other goods in the window before your screen1 as the revolving barrel will be high enough not to interfere with anything shown on the window floor4 ,,wind ,,power4 ,one good use to which the wind force obtained from a fan motor can be put is shown in ,figs4 #a and #b4 ,in ,fig4 #a is a section of a water tank1 which tank should sit in the show window1 filled with water4 ,illustration3 #a #b ,a toy ship is on the water and is guided in a track1 ,a1 which track is attached to bottom of tank4 ,guide wires1 ,b1 ,b1 extend from the ship to grooves in the track4 ,fans1 ,c1 ,c1 are set up at each end and are covered with window trimmings in front so that they are not in view4 ,the fans are run by means of cords from the motor4 ,the arrangement of the fans is as shown in the top view of the tank in ,fig4 #b4 ,the fan at the left is at ,d1 and the wind it produces sends the ship across the tank at opposite side1 on line with the arrow4 ,the grooved track holds the guide wires ,b1 ,b1 of the ship1 and steers the ship around ,g1 and the momentum carries the ship to ,h1 where the blast of air from the fan at ,e sends the ship along course ,i to ,j1 and thence opposite ,d again1 where the course is commenced over again4 ,,perpetual ,,motion4 ,a perpetual motion wheel never fails to attract attention in a show window4 ,there is one form of perpetual wheel device which can be made very easily1 as it consists of a simple mechanism such as is shown here4 ,illustration3 #f ,the wheel is three feet in diameter1 of light wood and crude construction1 provided with eight arms disposed radially so as to be separated by angles of #de degrees1 as shown4 ,the axle is supported in bearings of wood4 ,each arm is provided with a movable weight of five pounds1 being movable on a pivot or hinge on the arms so as to transfer the weight from the axis to the periphery1 whereby1 as it appears to the eye1 the wheel is continually overweighted on one side1 and revolves slowly4 ,attached to the base1 ,a1 is an upright piece of wood1 ,b1 and a spring hooked wire1 ,g1 extends from the top of this to the point ,d4 ,here the hook part tips up the weights as they come around in turn1 causing each to drop over on its arm1 thus placing the weight further from the center1 and making the wheel turn4 ,the center of gravity of the wheel varies from a point on the left of the center to a point at an equal distance on the right1 according to the location of the arms at the particular point in the rotation of the wheel4 ,the wheel can be draped with light goods and made attractive4 ,the notice 8,perpetual ,motion0 should be attached on a card4 ,,mechanical ,,handkerchief ,,display4 ,we show a picture of a mechanical handkerchief display in which the central figure is a girl in a canoe1 who works the paddle by a simple device4 ,illustration ,a stiff wire attached to one side of center of paddle1 passing through bottom of canoe1 fixed on a wooden wheel under the fixture4 ,a rubber band is fixed on one side of paddle to canoe4 ,as the wheel revolves it sets the paddle in motion4 ,it is worked by a small motor4 ,the entire display is made outside in sections and is rapidly fixed together in the window4 ,the canoe is of heavy paper4 ,,mechanical ,,panels4 ,to make a double mechanical panel1 that will open and close alternately1 follow the device shown in the below diagram4 ,cover the faces of the panels1 or 8doors0 with cloth or puffing1 and arrange them so as to cover two alcoves on opposite sides of the window4 ,one cord is wound around the barrel and the other is unwound4 ,when the barrel is turned1 either by hand or by a motor1 one door is raised while the other drops of its own weight1 the doors being balanced by each other4 ,the motion is reversed by reversing the barrel1 or cylinder4 ,illustration 8,a ,,scene ,,in ,,venice40 ,the mechanical device called 8,a ,scene in ,venice0 consists of a reproduction of the ,trocadero palace1 before which constantly passes a procession of floats or gondolas4 ,the following diagram shows a ground plan of the framework of this window4 ,illustration ,a procession of floats bearing dolls dressed as gondoliers1 etc41 passes constantly around the palace4 ,the interior of the building was lit by colored electric lights4 ,six thousand handkerchiefs were used in this display1 but the palace may be trimmed with linens or other goods4 ,,mechanical ,,fan4 ,illustration3 ,,design ,,showing ,,mechanical ,,boat4--,morton4 ,illustration3 ,a ,,scene ,,in ,,venice4--,morton4 ,this display was arranged with a high grille at top1 supported by columns resting upon a pedestal or base4 ,upon this an enormous fan opened and closed every fifty seconds4 ,when opened out1 only the fan was visible2 when folded1 the fan seemed suspended at one side1 revealing a #e-;foot circle1 studded with lights and covered with roses1 in the center of which was a bust figure4 ,on each side of the circle was a #b-;foot wreath tied with white satin ribbon4 ,the color scheme was white1 top blue and ivory1 with narrow moldings4 ,grille1 fan and cornice at base were covered with dark blue velvelette4 ,the photograph shows fan partly open and also decorations behind fan4 ,the ribs were fastened together with straps under the base1 and also on the back of the fan1 above base4 ,ribs were of light framework1 and extended below base1 as in the drawing4 ,front or first rib extended down three feet and had a slot through which a screw was fastened to drive wheel1 which propelled it backward and forward1 or1 rather1 from side to side2 an evenly balanced weight assisted motor to open fan4 ,the sketch will explain mechanical apparatus4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,fig4 #a shows fan1 spread open1 looking from back of window4 ,a is drive wheel on a pivot1 smooth side facing slot of first or front rib1 and to which screw in slot is attached4 ,b is an upright supporting rack 7,c7 through which lower ends of all but first and last rib work to avoid wobbling4 ,dotted lines ,d are heavy rubber bands fastened to ends of second and third rib1 and to end of rack1 as indicated4 ,d ,d are similar bands fastened to end of fourth1 fifth and sixth ribs1 and to floor1 as in the drawing4 ,these bands prevent sudden jerking in opening and closing4 ,e is small weight on cord1 run over pulley to basement1 to assist in spreading fan4 ,this relieves the strain on drive wheel when screw in slot is at the top4 ,,ee are straps that hold fan together1 and must be proper length to allow each rib to overlap the next1 in order that decorations behind fan are concealed when fan is open4 ,frame of fan was covered with cambric ovals1 shown in photo1 which were decorated in water colors1 and body was of velvelette4 ,rack was made of thin wood strips the proper distance apart to hold ribs in proper position4 ,lower portions of ribs were thicker than the upper1 to prevent top from catching when closing4 ,iron washers were put on axle between each two ribs to reduce friction2 drive wheel or one at back1 was stationary1 the others revolved in direction of arrow1 last rib moving to and fro4 ,,the ,,mechanical ,,butterfly4 ,this is a very novel and easily constructed device4 ,illustration3 ,,design ,,showing 8,,the ,,mechanical ,,fan40--,walker4 ,illustration3 ,,design ,,showing ,,the ,,mechanical ,,butterfly4--,lundy4 ,the window was put in to show a line of black ostrich tips1 and the butterfly was mechanical1 opening and closing its wings in a natural manner4 ,the background is figured cotton crepe1 put on plain4 ,the groundwork is crepe1 a rich cream base with figures of heliotrope and green4 ,in the center is placed the butterfly4 ,it has eyes of bright green and a body of black and green4 ,the long feelers were made of large black plumes1 the ends being tipped with white plumes4 ,the wings were made of black tips1 the marking in the upper wings being of yellow1 while in the lower wings are two marks1 one of white and one of red4 ,to the right is a pillar with black velvet base and a green column1 and to the left a pillar with black velvet base and blue column1 both pillars supporting palms4 ,the festoon drapery is of black velvet4 ,in front of the butterfly is a square pedestal1 covered with red with a line of black velvet 8lovers knots0 down the center of each side4 ,palms and trimmed hats make up the floor decorations4 ,we show a drawing of the mechanism used to open and close the butterfly's wings4 ,as the butterfly was tipped forward at the top the wings closed of their own weight4 ,the motor is connected with a reduction gear and then with a pulley with a cam1 instead of connecting direct4 ,the butterfly itself is #i feet wide at the extremes and #f feet high and is raised about two feet from the floor4 ,illustration ,the wings of the butterfly are but the thickness of heavy pasteboard at the edge and inch towards where the wings join the body4 ,the two one-inch rods which open the wings run through the floor to basement and are covered with same goods as background and are barely visible4 ,on the ends of these two rods 7see cut7 are two levers at right angles with rod and are placed in opposition to each other4 ,on the end of each lever is attached a cord running to a common point about #c feet back of levers4 ,they then go through two pulleys and combine in a single cord which is attached to a cam placed #g inches from center of pulley4 ,the levers being shorter than the width of a single wing1 this gives the outer edge of wing a stroke of about three feet4 ,illustration ,,the ,,mechanical ,,egg4 ,i show an illustration of a mechanical ,easter window1 in which the ,folding ,star1 previously described1 was used as a centerpiece4 ,in this case1 however1 the points are fitted with shade rollers1 making the pull from behind and out of sight4 ,the roller springs pull it out1 and the wires in4 ,illustration ,the above sketch explains the working4 ,there was a sleeping wax infant in an egg1 surrounded by light blue ,china silk2 the other decorations were purple and white1 with flowers of same shades4 ,the points were made from wire and then covered with cloth4 ,the star closed every twenty-five seconds--the egg wire1 being attached to the center of the two levers1 had a longer pull and would begin to close before the star1 and would also take a few seconds longer to open4 ,illustration3 ,,design ,,showing ,,the ,,mechanical ,,egg4--,lorch4 ,the description of the egg diagram is as follows3 ,,the ,,egg ,,diagram4 ,illustration ,a1 heavy wire axle in wood bearings2 ,c is wire attached to back of ,e1 top part of egg2 ,b is some wire running to the levers2 ,d is weight which pulls ,e open2 when the lever pulls down it closes egg4 ,the egg frame was made of wire in two parts1 and made of tissue paper and carpenter's glue1 painted with white zinc1 and sprinkled with white flickers or diamond dust4 ,this was made separate and then placed between star and back of window4 ,a ,,panoramic ,,display4 ,the mechanical feature attached to this dress goods display consists of a frame in the center of which appears a panorama of bright pictures1 portraits of prominent men1 etc4 ,the frame is made of ordinary boards and puffed in two colors4 ,in the picture shown there was an electric light in each corner of the frame4 ,within the frame the panorama moved constantly from top to bottom4 ,the panorama consists of pictures fastened together endwise upon a belt of ticking and forming an endless band about two #g-;inch rollers1 which are placed at the top and bottom of the background4 ,as the rolls revolve by means of an electric motor1 the pictures pass across the frame4 ,,chapter ,,xvi4 ,,electricity ,,in ,,the ,,window4 ,electric power1 as applied to the show window1 may be divided into two sections3 7a7 ,electric lighting1 and 7b7 electric mechanism4 ,we will consider these sections separately4 ,,lighting ,,the ,,window4 ,the most approved method of stationary electric lights for windows are those placed at the top1 next to the window pane1 and so arranged as to throw their light downward and backward from the observer4 ,thus the entire window space is fully illuminated and the incandescents are themselves hidden from view4 ,separate reflectors or a long reflecting trough of tin should be placed back of the lights4 ,special lighting effects are explained in detail further on1 but the regular lighting is best arranged as above4 ,,coloring ,,electric ,,lamps4 ,where colored effects are desired the incandescent lamp globes may be tinted to throw distinct or combined colorings over the entire display4 ,there are several preparations that answer the purpose1 and indeed are best at times4 ,pikron for glass is excellent1 or a lacquer will answer4 ,however1 they sometimes become spotted from the heat4 ,another and better method is by using white shellac1 thinned down with wood alcohol1 and by dipping the globe this produces a splendid imitation of ground glass when a white light is needed4 ,if you wish to use purple1 green1 blue1 etc41 or any of the more delicate tints1 such as violet1 buy five cents' worth of aniline dye of the color you wish2 dissolve it in wood alcohol and pour it into the shellac1 taking care the shellac is quite thin1 as otherwise it will not cover evenly4 ,illustration3 ,,design ,,showing ,,panoramic ,,effects4--,sawyer4 ,by using these or any other transparent coloring a vast number of beautiful tints can be made that will blend perfectly with your color scheme4 ,another excellent coloring is egg dye1 treated in the same way4 ,now ,i will explain how to go about it4 ,after preparing your shellac pour it into a vessel deep enough to immerse your lamp4 ,take a piece of wire1 and fasten it around the socket end of lamp2 then bring one end of the wire back over the end1 and fasten to opposite side to form a loop to hang it up to drip and dry4 ,this done1 dip lamp in the coloring and hang it up1 so it will dry evenly1 when it will be found to be beautifully frosted4 ,when mixing your color1 bear in mind the more dye and the less shellac the deeper your tint will be1 and vice versa4 ,this method will apply to all colors except a deep red or deep yellow1 when ,i recommend the other colorings ,i have mentioned1 any of which can be removed with wood alcohol4 ,,general ,,electrical ,,instructions4 ,before proceeding with explanations of designs requiring special wiring1 it is well for the amateur to become acquainted with the primary principles of electricity1 without which he is helpless4 ,the following notes we culled from writings of experienced electricians4 ,,potential ,,or ,,electro-,,motive ,,force4 ,this 7commonly ,e4 ,m4 ,f47 is the term used for electrical energy or power of doing work1 and is used in the same manner as 8pressure0 is applied to steam2 in other words1 it is the term used to express the force which tends to move electricity from one place to another1 and is proportional to the difference of potential at the two places4 ,the earth's surface is called 8,zero ,potential10 and is a reference point to measure the relative condition of other bodies4 ,a positively electrified body is said to have a higher potential than the earth1 which in turn has a higher potential than a negatively electrified body4 ,when two dissimilar metals touch each other1 there is a difference of potential at point of contact4 ,if zinc is in contact with copper it is of higher potential4 ,in a series of disks of copper1 zinc and wet cloths1 arranged one over the other in above order1 the wet cloth is the conductor1 and current will flow on joining last copper and zinc by wire1 etc4 ,this arrangement is called a voltaic pile 7after its inventor1 ,volta71 and the difference of potential produced is proportionate to the number of pairs of disks4 ,a difference of potential between two points connected will cause current to flow till the potentials of both points are the same4 ,,electric ,,resistance4 ,resistance is offered by all substances to the electric current1 and varies with the nature of the substance4 ,most metals are good conductors2 wood and stone offer considerable resistance1 and silk1 glass and ebonite are practical non-conductors2 but remember if a non-conductor is wet or even damp it becomes a good conductor1 moisture or water being a first-class conductor4 ,on the other hand1 conductivity is diminished by an increase of temperature--otherwise dryness4 ,the following table will give a good idea of the conductivity of metals3 ,that of silver being #ajj ,that of copper is #ig ,that of gold is #gd ,that of platinum is #ag ,that of iron is #af ,that of lead is #h ,that of ,german silver is #g4e ,that of mercury is #a4f ,therefore1 generally1 good conductors are all the metals1 carbon1 water1 aqueous solutions1 moist bodies besides wood1 cotton1 hemp1 etc4 ,good insulators or non-conductors are paraffine1 solid or liquid1 turpentine1 silk1 sealing wax1 india rubber1 dry glass or porcelain4 ,the best electrical conductors are the best thermal conductors1 and a 8red hot0 temperature converts insulators into fairly good conductors4 ,,electrical ,,measures4 ,electricity being invisible and imponderable 7i4 e41 not having sensible weight1 such as light1 heat or electricity71 it is impossible to apply ordinary standards of measure4 ,electricians have devised special units of measure of two kinds1 called absolute units and practical units1 the ratio between the two being always some power of #aj4 ,it has been decided in these measurements1 length1 mass and time shall be expressed respectively in centimeters1 grams and seconds--called ,c4 ,g4 ,s41 or centimeter gram-second method4 ,a gram equals #ae4dcb grains1 a centimeter #j4cicg of an inch4 ,the weight of a body must not be confused with its mass2 the mass is the amount of matter contained1 while the weight is its specific gravity1 which may be expressed by multiplying mass by accelerating effect of gravity1 which varies at different parts of the earth's surface1 and may be averaged at #cb4b feet 7or #iha centimeters7 per second4 ,the above absolute units are too large or too small for practical use1 but the following examples are given3 ,the dyne 7absolute unit of force7 is that force which1 acting for one second on a mass of one gram1 imparts a velocity of one centimeter per second4 ,the weight of one gram1 as above shown1 is equal to a force of #a #iha #iha dynes4 ,the erg1 or absolute unit of work is the work requisite to move a body of one centimeter against a force of one dyne4 ,the weight of one gram is equal to #iha dynes1 the work of raising one gram one centimeter1 against the force of #iha ergs4 ,an erg is about equal to #a_/ac1efj1jjj of a foot-pound4 ,a foot-pound represents the work required to raise one pound one foot high4 ,the practical units of most frequent occurrence are3 ,the volt1 the ohm and the ampere4 ,the volt1 or measure of ,e4 ,m4 ,f41 or difference of potential1 is equal approximately to the ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 possessed by one 8,daniell0 cell2 accurately it is #j4ie of the ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 of a cell4 ,the ohm1 or measure of resistance 7sometimes called the ,british ,association or ,b4 ,a4 unit71 is approximately equal to the resistance of #abi yards of copper wire inch in diameter1 or to #ajf centimeters of mercury1 one square millimeter in section4 ,the ampere 7formerly called the 8,weber07 is the measure of strength of current4 ,if an ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 of one volt be applied to send a current through a resistance of one ohm1 the strength of current will be one ampere4 ,that is to say1 the strength of a current in amperes varies directly as the ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 applied to produce it1 and inversely as the resistance of the circuit4 ,the watt or practical unit of work 7or rather1 the rate of doing work7 is equal to #aj1jjj1jjj ergs per second1 or to the work produced in one second by one ampere of current of an ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 of one volt1 acting through the resistance of one ohm4 ,the practical electrical units are called after the eminent scientific investigators whose names they bear4 ,,batteries4 ,the portion of the copper plate 7or carbon7 from which the current flows through the wire is called the positive pole 7sometimes anode71 and the zinc plate the negative pole 7sometimes cathode74 ,elements1 or the parts that produce current1 are usually understood as the lower portion of the cell contents1 in which the plates are immersed4 ,when the term 8pole0 is reversed1 the zinc being the positive element1 and the copper or carbon the negative element1 it will be noted current flows from positive pole 7copper or carbon7 and returns by the negative 7or zinc7 pole4 ,the bubbles of hydrogen gas liberated at the negative element 7copper or carbon7 resist the passage of the current1 and being readily oxidizable1 will set up an opposing ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 ,a battery in this condition is polarized--that is1 neutralized--and must be renewed4 ,the ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 of a cell is equivalent to the difference of potential between its electrode when unconnected1 and is independent of the size of the elements1 and is determined solely by the materials of which it is constructed4 ,the difference of potential between zinc and carbon being greater than that between zinc and copper1 a cell of greater ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 will result from zinc and carbon4 ,the cells commonly used for annunciators1 bells1 etc41 are the 8,laclede0 and 8,laclanche10 and are generally taken to have an ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 of one and one-half volts2 the 8,danniell10 one volt2 others vary from one to two volts when in good order4 ,to renew these cells fill the jar two-thirds full of clean water1 add six ounces sal ammoniac1 let it dissolve2 then put in the zinc and carbon2 be sure they are perfectly clean2 and that the zinc is not worn out or eaten away4 ,there are two ways to connect up these cells2 the first is 8in series0 for ,e4 ,m4 ,f41 the second 8in parallel0 for quantity4 ,the first method 8in series0 is as shown4 ,this way the ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 is in proportion to the number of cells1 three cells having three times the ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 of one volt4 ,illustration ,the second method1 8in parallel0 for quantity1 is as shown2 all the negatives 7zinc7 are connected1 and all the positives 7carbon7 connected1 making the current obtained of much greater volume1 but only of the ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 or intensity of one cell4 ,illustration ,the strength of a current given by a battery varies with the resistance1 as well as with the ,e4 ,m4 ,f41 and can be increased not only by adding more cells 8in series10 but also by lessening the internal resistance1 viz41 by increasing the size of battery plates1 or more simply by coupling all the 7positive7 poles together1 and all the - 7negative7 poles together4 ,the ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 of cells coupled in this way is only equal to that of a single cell1 but the current will be greater because the internal resistance will be only one-third that of a single cell4 ,this plan is called coupling up for quantity1 or 8in parallel10 to distinguish it from the plan of 8in series10 or for intensity4 ,the ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 of a large and small cell are both the same 7using same size elements74 ,to increase ,e4 ,m4 ,f4 multiply the cells 8in series40 ,the ordinary battery carbon is a mixture of carbon and peroxide of manganese--8,oh1 ,mr4 ,window ,trimmer1 please see if you can make this bell ring40 ,bell ,no4 #g is dead1 and there is no end of trouble2 this is something met with occasionally4 ,examine the battery1 see that it has not become crystallized 7polarized71 and if so1 disconnect one cell at a time4 ,clean it well1 without wetting the outside of jar1 recharge with new zinc 7if required7 and six ounces powdered sal ammoniac1 jar being first filled two-thirds full of warm water1 or enough to avoid overflow2 replace cell1 connect up and take out another4 ,be sure to reconnect the cells left in battery1 so as to keep it working while you are cleaning each one4 ,a good way1 if you don't think the cells need changing1 is to take a small call bell or buzzer1 with short wires1 disconnect both ends of battery1 then test every cell by placing a wire on each pole of the cell at same time4 ,if cell is all right1 bell will ring4 ,suppose you find cells all right1 proceed to bell ,no4 #g1 the dead one1 examine the push button1 and trace the wires from bell to battery1 being sure they are not grounded by lying on some steam or gas pipe with the insulation worn off4 7,if it should be a case of continual ringing1 the wires are crossed47 ,you may expect a 8ground0 if the battery has run down suddenly or too quick4 ,if the trouble is found in the annunciator1 don't bother with it1 unless you are expert or want trouble4 ,send for an electrician2 it will save time--in other words1 money4 ,,special ,,window ,,wiring4 ,many houses have ample facilities for electrical work1 but as they do not employ a house electrician many beautiful and attractive effects are barred in their windows4 ,even when an attempt is made to introduce electrical effects into displays the results are tame and insignificant1 because of a lack of special wiring4 ,yet we know that the success of many windows depends largely upon their illumination4 ,in some mercantile establishments the trimmer has an electrician at his beck and call1 and when a design is ready he simply pushes the button and ,mr4 ,electrician does the rest4 ,but ,i know that these are exceptional cases1 and that in the majority of establishments the trimmer is thrown upon his own resources1 and has no one to help him out of his difficulties4 ,and if he is not posted on electrical appliances1 his designs are not properly illuminated--a deficiency that annoys the conscientious trimmer as much as it does his employer4 ,electricity1 properly applied1 is an important factor in selling goods through the show window4 ,therefore the window trimmer who understands wiring his own windows is a more valuable man to his employer than one without this knowledge4 ,i shall endeavor to be plain and avoid the use of unnecessary technical terms4 ,no doubt your windows have permanent lights4 ,the first thing to do is to have a switch or 8cut-out0 run in for special work4 ,any electrician will do this for you in an hour or so1 and it saves you from tapping your permanent wires1 which should never be done4 ,be sure to ascertain the voltage and amperes2 or1 to be plainer1 find out how many lights your 8cut-out0 will carry4 ,before you begin work you must have proper tools to work with1 and sufficient supplies to meet any case of emergency4 ,,electrical ,,tools4 ,the following is a list of tools required3 ,pair of nippers to cut and twist wire4 ,brace and bit4 ,screw driver4 ,an old pocket knife4 ,burner4 7,similar to that used by painters to burn off paint47 ,that is not a formidable list1 nor difficult to procure2 but each item is necessary4 ,,standard ,,electrical ,,supplies4 ,the list of supplies you should keep on hand is as follows3 ,no4 #aj or ,no4 #ab insulated wire4 ,insulating tape4 ,bushing4 ,clay bushings4 ,sockets4 ,lamps4 ,porcelain knobs4 ,solder4 ,this last item you can get prepared with resin1 and it needs no acid to make it adhere4 ,no quantities are specified in the list4 ,your judgment will enable you to determine how much you will need or can use to advantage4 ,,arcs ,,and ,,incandescents4 ,perhaps ,i would better explain here the difference between arc and incandescent wiring4 ,if we had a row of arc lights to put up we could run our wires as in ,fig4 #a4 ,the current going to the first light passes through to the next1 and so on until it reaches the last light1 when it returns to the dynamo4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,fig4 #b4 ,fig4 #c4 ,fig4 #d4 ,fig4 #e4 ,with incandescents we run two wires parallel1 and make our connections as in ,fig4 #b4 ,this is called 8multiple arc40 ,each lamp is independent of the others1 and if one 8dies0 the current passes through the others uninterrupted4 ,suppose you have a 8cut-out0 of #aaj volts1 carrying sixteen or twenty lamps1 and wish to run six lamps on a strip4 7,this is figurative1 and only used to demonstrate1 for you can use any number up to the capacity of your switch47 ,you proceed as follows3 ,lay out the place for each lamp4 ,bore two holes the size of bushings1 and between each two lamps place two knobs1 as in ,fig4 #c4 ,cut two pieces of wire1 long enough for all the lights1 allowing enough extra to knot each knob and for the last lamp1 and also leaving enough to reach the switch4 ,fasten the wire to the knobs nearest the last lamp1 as in ,fig4 #d4 ,stretch tightly to the next knob1 and repeat until the wire is all laid4 ,for each lamp remove about one and one-half inches of insulation on each wire4 ,take pieces of wire five inches long for connections1 and remove one and one-half inches of insulation from the ends of each4 ,twist these ends tightly around your lead wires1 as in ,fig4 #e1 and solder them4 ,the simplest way to solder is to heat your exposed wires until they are hot enough to melt the solder when it is held against them4 ,let me say here that when ,i have laid out my wires1 and marked my connections1 ,i then unloose the wires1 make my cross-connections and replace them4 ,it takes time1 but it is easier1 and is the proper way to work4 ,when the soldering is finished take your tape and carefully wrap each exposed wire4 ,then through each hole put a piece of bushing1 and run your connections through the bushings4 ,run the two ends through for the last lamp4 ,no short wires are attached for these1 and your work should now appear as in ,fig4 #f4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f4 ,fig4 #g4 ,then you are ready for your lamps4 ,turn the strip over and fasten the sockets in place1 positive sides all on the same edge of your strip4 ,cut the connecting wires the required length and remove one-half inch of insulation from the ends4 ,loosen the brass screws1 place the ends of the wires under them1 and fasten down4 ,fig4 #g shows one side of socket connected4 ,attach brass hoops and rubber rings1 and you are all ready for placing and connecting4 ,it is probably unnecessary to state that the same principles above explained will enable one to place lights in circles1 horseshoes or any other designs that may be required4 ,once you know how to wire a window1 a great field of operations is open to you4 ,,the ,,fuse4 ,the next important step in show window wiring is the proper fusing of circuits4 ,the fuse is to the lighting wire what the safety valve is to the steam boiler4 ,a fuse is composed of a fusible metal1 which contains lead1 zinc1 etc41 and becomes fusible at a certain degree of temperature4 ,the fuse is supposed to be 8the watch dog0 of safety4 ,ninety-five per cent of the electrical fires are caused by improper fusing4 ,my advice to the amateur is to apply to the nearest office of the ,national ,board of ,fire ,underwriters for a copy of the rules on incandescent wiring4 ,they may be obtained for the asking4 ,,the ,,transformer4 ,usually the electric fluid 787 is conveyed into the building from the alley1 where the high tension wires are strung1 carrying a pressure of #b1ejj to #c1ejj volts from this line4 ,by the aid of a 8transformer0 the current is reduced to a pressure of #aaj1 #aje or #ej volts1 as required1 entering the building1 when it is conveyed to a double-pole switch2 that is1 a switch which cuts off both positive and negative wires at the same instant4 ,illustration3 ,,transformer4 ,the 8transformer0 is a device for reducing the current from one potential or tension to another1 and consists of a ring of many turns of insulated wire2 the high tension wire is then wound around and through this ring several turns1 and the low tension wire carrying the current into the building is wound around the opposite side of the ring in like manner4 ,the difference in pressure is controlled by the number of turns around the ring on either side1 as shown4 ,all the wires being insulated1 the reduction is made by 8induction0 only4 ,the size of the wire makes no difference in the voltage or pressure1 but it makes all the difference in the 8amperes0 or quantity used to supply the building4 ,the electric light company will supply a sufficiently large wire from transformer to switch2 the firm does the remainder of the wiring4 ,,feeders4 ,from this large double-pole switch 7which is the main cut-off7 radiate 8feeder0 wires to the various parts of the building1 to supply the lamp circuits4 ,these feeders have to be carefully gauged according to the number of lamps1 or rather1 amperes1 they are required to carry1 in order to avoid resistance in the wire2 or in other words1 must not crowd the carrying capacity of the wire1 or the resistance will make the wire hot and might cause fire4 ,a 8feeder0 to the circuits for fifty incandescent #af-;candle power lamps should be of somewhat higher capacity1 say a ,no4 #aj ,brown ,thorp ,gauge 7,b4 ,s4 ,g47 which has a safe carrying capacity of thirty-two amperes or sixty-four #af-;candle power lamps1 allowing one-half ampere to each lamp2 a ,no4 #ab ,b4 ,s4 ,g4 wire is allowed to carry twenty-three amperes1 or about forty-five #af-;candle power lamps2 ,no4 #ac ,b4 ,s4 ,g4 wire is allowed to carry sixteen amperes1 or about thirty #af-;candle power amps4 ,the 8feeder0 should have considerably more carrying capacity than is required in order to permit the addition of extra lights1 as occasion may require1 and to provide for the addition of extra window lights1 if there be not a special feeder for the purpose4 ,the feeder wires are tapped for lamp circuits by a branch block carrying a fuse for the protection of the circuit4 ,the construction and operation of the branch block1 or cut-out1 will be understood at once on inspection4 ,the fuse here is the important part2 it must be of smaller carrying capacity than the wire it is to protect1 and not depend upon the amount of current in the feeder2 thus1 a ,no4 #aj ,b4 ,s4 ,g4 might be protected with a #bj-;ampere fuse 7forty lamps1 sixteen candle power71 or with a #be-;ampere fuse1 leaving a margin of seven amperes1 the wire being allowed to carry thirty-two amperes4 ,it will be understood that 8open work0 is meant in every case1 and wires that are concealed are not allowed to carry so much4 ,the ,no4 #ab wire ,b4 ,s4 ,g4 is allowed twenty-three amperes1 and would be protected by fuse of fifteen to twenty amperes capacity4 ,the lamp circuits from feeders are in many cities restricted to a certain number of amperes1 usually six to ten1 or say from ten to twenty lamps 7sixteen candle power74 ,each of these circuits must be protected by its own fuse and have an independent switch4 ,all fuse boxes must have their porcelain cover kept on1 and no inflammable material allowed near them4 8,twin wires10 or two wires encased1 are objectionable4 ,drop cords are not allowed except for drop lamps1 and must be protected by one-ampere fuse in rosette or cut-out4 ,all wires where joined must be soldered--to prevent an arc forming by making the path of the current continuous or tight4 ,it is well for the beginner to know that a current of #aaj volts does not kill1 though it might make the recipient seriously ill4 ,therefore1 be careful not to get yourself in the path of the current4 ,never touch both naked ends or openings in wires at the same time1 nor stand upon the ground while working live wires4 ,always stand on some non-conductor1 a dry board1 for instance4 ,the inexpert can always protect himself by disconnecting a fuse behind him both sides2 or1 better1 open the 8main cut-off0 or first switch4 ,,connections4 ,when your design is wired and set up in your window1 your next step is to connect it to your 8cut-out40 ,you will find two wires leading from it2 to these you connect the two wires leading from your design4 ,it is not necessary to solder this connection2 simply remove sufficient insulation and twist the wires together tightly4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,fig4 #b4 ,fig4 #c4 ,fig4 #d4 ,there is a way to do this that every one should know1 and ,i will tell you how to make a ,,western ,,union ,,hitch4 ,after removing the insulation from the wires at the ends to be connected1 bend the wires as in ,fig4 #a1 lay them together as in ,fig4 #b1 then with a pair of pliers hold one side1 and with another pair twist the end around the lead wire tightly and closely1 as in ,fig4 #c4 ,when this is done hold the twisted wires with pliers and repeat the twisting process on the other side4 ,this is a perfectly safe connection1 and does not waste electricity as does a loose joint4 ,,different ,,voltages4 ,sometimes it happens that your electric system is of higher voltage than you need use in special work2 for instance1 you may have a #bbj-volt circuit1 whereas #aaj-volt lamps are amply strong for your work2 or again1 you have a #aaj-volt circuit1 and want to use a number of small lamps1 #a-;candle power1 for example4 ,these are usually of lower voltage1 fifty-five or thereabouts4 ,in these instances we resort to a method known as wiring in series1 which is done as in ,fig4 #d4 ,of course the number of lamps to a series is to be governed entirely by the voltage1 and the trimmer must resort to his own judgment in determining this4 ,you will see by the diagram in ,fig4 #d that you have two lights for each connection with your lead wires1 therefore1 if using a #bbj-volt circuit and #aaj-volt lamps you have each connection using the full #bbj volts1 otherwise your lamps would soon burn out1 as every connection must consume as many volts as your circuit carries4 ,special ,designs4--,these few instructions answer for a single string of lights1 such as a circle1 arch1 cornice1 etc41 where your leads run uninterruptedly from first to last lamp2 but 8how about a design that is impossible to wire that way80 you ask4 ,it is simple1 and ,i have made a few diagrams to illustrate the method employed4 ,you may have a cornice about your windows1 and must bring your wires from the corner4 ,fig4 #e will show how to do it4 ,a cross1 or such designs as have two breaks1 are wired as in ,fig4 #f4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,fig4 #f ,fig4 #g ,fig4 #h ,again1 you may wish to use more than one design in a window2 for example1 you may have three circles1 one at back and one at either side4 ,fig4 #g shows the easiest method4 ,these principles apply to many varieties of designs1 and it is only the principles ,i am endeavoring to make plain4 ,and now ,i will give a few hints or1 better yet1 some don'ts which will be valuable for amateurs4 ,,some 8,,don',,ts40 ,don't be negligent in handling your connections4 ,insulate every joint1 and don't leave loose joints2 they consume too much current4 ,don't cross wires that are insulated without bushing the overlying wires1 and never cross uncovered wires4 ,don't bring a wire through the floor or back of window without using clay bushings2 that's what they are for4 ,don't run wires 7as in ,fig4 #h7 without using a lamp1 or cutting wires where ,x is marked2 it saves a short circuit4 ,don't let the wires to your lamps touch brass1 except under the screw4 ,don't attempt to connect your design to your 8cut-out0 until you are sure your switch is open4 ,you may short circuit yourself4 ,it is not necessarily fatal1 but is decidedly unpleasant4 ,don't handle live wires2 #aaj volts won't kill you1 but through carelessness you may some day touch a stronger circuit4 ,practice caution4 ,don't leave an uncovered wire to show in your window4 ,if you suspend a design1 wrap the wires with the same color as your background4 ,don't imagine you are an electrician because you can run a string of lights4 ,keep digging away2 you'll learn something every day4 ,don't try to do all kinds of joint soldering by heating the wires merely4 ,when you become a little more accustomed to the work1 get a larger tool kit1 and among the first things get a soldering iron4 ,in many places it is necessary4 ,,letters ,,in ,,electric ,,light4 ,in the following illustrations are shown plans of a sign to be electrically illuminated4 ,the electrical work is necessarily done in the electric working shops1 but as many illuminated signs are being used nowadays1 the description may be useful to decorators who contemplate putting in something of the kind4 ,in the first figure the letter is on a casing1 ,a1 having a back or support carrying incandescent lamps in channels4 ,the form of the letter is sheet metal and is set-screwed to the base piece at the places marked ,c4 ,the disks ,b are plate glass colored to conform to the requirements4 ,the commutator is shown in the other figures4 ,in the first1 ,e is a wood cylinder1 which turns in bearings1 ,d4 ,f ,f are spring contractors1 and ,g ,g wire connections which join those of the lights4 ,another view is in the next drawing1 in which the cylinder is ,b1 bearings ,d and spring contractors ,c4 ,the cylinder is driven by a small electric motor1 ,g1 through a reduction gear1 consisting of a train of wheels or worm gearing1 as at ,f and ,e4 ,the spring contacts are electrically joined to the terminals of the lights4 ,the terminals are joined by a combined return to one pole of the source of electric supply1 and the other pole is connected to the contact pieces4 ,the rotation of the cylinder consequently breaks and joins the circuit as desired1 producing alternate changing of the lights and colors1 resulting in attractive effects4 ,illustration ,,the ,,weber ,,commutator4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a4 ,fig4 #a is end view4 ,h is a wooden cylinder six inches in diameter and twelve inches long 7length is optional according to number of lights71 this1 as well as all other bearings1 run on bearings of curtain fixtures4 ,g is pulley wheel connected with reducer in ,fig4 #c1 ,d are projections of soft rubber inch thick placed on cylinder ,h1 and work as follows3 ,when ,d reaches ,e it forces ,e to the left and forms a contact at ,f ,f1 thus closing the line and causing lamp or lamps to burn4 ,the position of ,d on cylinder1 and length of same1 must be determined by the length of time the lamp or lamps continue to burn and when they shall burn4 ,the distance from ,a ,b to ,b is #e inches1 from ,a ,c to ,c is #g inches4 ,f ,f are made of spring copper cut in strips of an inch wide and bent to shape1 then fastened in base with screws and washer4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b4 ,fig4 #b shows front view of commutator and needs no explanation4 ,the above can be operated with water1 motor or electricity2 but where electricity is used it becomes necessary to reduce speed of motor 7which is #b1bjj revolutions7 to about #dj or #ej revolutions2 this is done by building the reducer as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,fig4 #c shows machine made at an outlay of labor only4 ,procure six tobacco pail lids1 join them face to face with screws and you have three grooved wheels4 ,make axles of curtain poles twelve inches long1 then make frame1 again using curtain fixtures as bearings4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c4 ,attach motor to ,no4 #a1 then from axle of ,no4 #a run belt to ,no4 #b1 from axle of ,no4 #b run belt to ,no4 #c1 then attach axle of ,no4 #c to pulley ,g on cylinder and you have a machine on which you can operate from #a to #ajj incandescent lamps alternately4 ,the ,weber commutator is very inexpensive1 and has been made by a decorator with an outlay of only fifty cents for the three parts4 ,,the ,,reynolds ,,flasher4 ,the most reliable machine we now have is one manufactured by a ,chicago firm1 which is perfect in its construction and operation and will not break down or cause danger from sparks4 ,the expense is about fifteen dollars and the adjustment is so easy that any one can operate it4 ,a ,,cheap ,,hub ,,switch4 ,no doubt every one has seen revolving wheels1 stars1 pyramids1 spiral stairs1 etc41 strung with lights1 and many have envied the man who had the facilities for this work2 but by following these instructions they can make an appliance that will do the work perfectly4 ,first make a pulley wheel twelve inches in diameter2 then make two circles of one-inch wood six inches in diameter2 nail together and fasten in exact center of pulley2 insulate the #f-;inch circles perfectly4 ,next take two strips of spring copper three-eighths inch wide1 and make two hoops to fit snugly over the insulation and to each hoop fasten a wire eighteen inches long2 then put your hoops on your #f-;inch circles about one inch apart1 taking care to have them even and tight4 ,bore a hole through pulley wheel1 and run wire from hoop nearest it through hole2 then bore a hole through #f-;inch circles and pulley1 and run the other wire through it4 ,use bushings in holes1 and insulate uncovered wires4 ,next take two pieces of copper three-eighths inch wide1 six inches long1 bend in half circles1 attach wire to end of each1 fasten to a piece of #ab1 so they will form contacts with copper bands on circles4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,fig4 #b4 ,fig4 #c4 ,fig4 #a shows band of copper1 two half circles on #a #b1 and pulley when finished4 ,now suppose you want to use revolving wheel on pivot4 ,fasten your appliance in center of wheel1 run wires from lamps to wires running through pulley and connect them2 then when your wheel is in position1 fasten piece of wood with two half circles so each presses tightly on one of the copper bands2 connect the wires from half circles to wires from switch1 and as your wheel revolves you have a steady contact4 ,fig4 #b shows front of wheel1 and #c shows wheel from rear with half circles in position4 ,for a pyramid or such fixtures simply fasten your appliance to bottom or top as serves your purpose best4 ,make your work as near perfect as possible1 so the half circles never leave the bands1 and exercise great care in insulating1 for1 while neglect does not always result disastrously it is well to be on the safe side4 ,,the ,,rubens ,,double-,,revolving ,,effect4 ,illustration ,the idea is novel and simple4 ,the construction of this machine is inexpensive4 ,go to any machine shop and have them bore out a piece of shafting so that one will fit into the other snugly4 ,the contact plates are made of copper1 lined with asbestos1 mounted on wooden circles4 ,in fact1 the entire machine can be built for #ab4 ,there is no limit to designs that can be made for this arrangement4 ,the novelty of two large pieces revolving in opposite directions1 apparently from the point of a single shaft1 is in itself a worthy attraction in any window4 ,you will observe in photo that there are two pulleys on main shaft1 also a countershaft below4 ,one belt is up straight1 the other belt is twisted so as to reverse either shaft4 ,the large pulley on the countershaft is the main driver4 ,the belt attached to this pulley leads to your motor or whatever power you wish to employ4 ,this device is safe as well as simple1 as you have ample room for cut-outs4 ,illustration ,a--,inner shaft1 inch diameter4 ,b--,outer shaft1 #a inch diameter4 ,c--,contact plate4 ,d--,holder for brushes4 ,e--,driving pulley for outer shaft4 ,f--,driving pulley for inner shaft4 ,g--,contact for feed1 inner shaft4 ,h--,boxing for shaft4 ,i--,flange for inner shafting4 ,j--,flange for outer shafting4 ,k--,cut-outs4 ,l--,binding posts for outer shaft4 ,m--,feed wires4 ,illustration ,,the ,,tyler ,,automatic ,,switch4 ,a is a wooden cylinder1 twelve inches long and six inches in diameter4 ,b is brush made of three layers of copper1 and is screwed down at lower end1 ,no4 #a1 so as to work as a spring4 ,c is piece of copper one-half inch wide fastened around cylinder1 and comes in contact with ,b1 so as to make one feed wire run to switch4 ,d is piece of copper running one-third of the way around1 and comes in contact with another brush1 ,e4 ,then fasten a small piece of wire from ,c to ,d that carries the current to ,no4 #b1 while ,e is on copper4 ,the other feed wire is direct from main circuit to window4 ,f is pulley wheel running to reducer4 ,no4 #c is fuse blocks1 which can be used and are much safer than without4 ,this switch cost me twenty-five cents4 ,of course1 ,i am my own electrician4 ,it will cost no more to any one1 as it is very simple4 ,,how ,,to ,,make ,,an ,,electric ,,waving ,,flag4 ,this would appear to the uninitiated as a hard one to build1 yet it is one of the simplest electrical devices to construct4 ,first ascertain size of flag you want to make1 as there is no limit to size4 ,build the body of your flag of thin boards1 say half an inch thick4 ,the next important thing is to outline on your woodwork an exact flag4 ,be sure you get the requisite number of stars and stripes4 ,you are now ready to proceed to fasten on your sockets4 ,i may further add here1 the flag should not be square4 ,have a wave running through your stripes2 saw out your edges 7see cut7 accordingly4 ,you now have the general outline1 as far as the flag is concerned4 ,illustration3 ,,waving ,,electric ,,flag ,by ,geo ,b4 ,rubens1 ,,indianapolis ,,ind4 ,illustration3 ,,front ,,view ,,of ,,the ,,waving ,,flag4 ,illustration3 ,,rear ,,view ,,of ,,the ,,waving ,,flag4 ,now1 then1 for the mechanical part of it3 ,saw out two wooden disks1 twelve inches in diameter1 with a -in hole in the center4 ,next you procure a piece of slate1 fourteen inches square4 ,take a compass and strike a #ab-;inch circle4 ,by drawing your compass around several times1 you will find it will cut a fairly deep line4 ,you can then take a hammer and by a few light taps break the square edges of your slate1 leaving a perfectly round disk of slate4 ,next1 you want a -inch hole in the center of the slate4 ,now mount this on the wooden disk2 next1 cut the copper contacts and shape them the same as a keystone4 ,it will require fifteen of them for that number of circuits4 ,to each one of them solder a piece of ,no4 #ad wire1 as shown in cut ,g4 ,then bore the holes in the slate so that the wires will go through the back of the disks1 as each wire must run from the disk to the flag2 that is the negative side1 and the positive side runs right straight from your feeder to the flag4 ,for your second wooden disk cut out a copper ring1 two inches wide1 and fasten it securely to the wood1 and solder your wire on the back of this1 say a ,no4 #h wire4 ,this will need contacts1 as shown in cut ,e4 ,you next make a brush holder4 ,this is a very simple arrangement4 ,the holder is made of wood4 ,fasten brushes on securely1 as shown in ,f of cut4 ,when automatic switch is set up1 it will appear as shown in cut ,e4 ,now fasten belt to pulley ,j1 and then to motor1 as shown in cut4 ,this switch should make #cjj revolutions per minute4 ,as the brushes strike each section on the contact plate1 it causes a wave of light to pass through that section of stripes or stars1 as the case may be4 ,this may seem complicated and difficult1 but ,i will venture to say1 if you will study this ten or fifteen minutes you can without much difficulty or expense proceed to duplicate it4 ,remember1 each wire running from the disk must run into cut-out and from cut-out to the flag 7see cut ,b74 ,also note how wire is soldered on in ,g4 ,you can bunch and group all wires from ,a1 and form them into a cable1 as shown in cut ,i1 as they are all of one polarity4 ,this description is for flag #d #f feet1 to contain about #dej lamps4 ,there are a number of different ways of producing this effect1 but ,i have tried this one as described1 and found it very satisfactory1 likewise inexpensive to construct4 ,,electric ,,illuminated ,,fountain4 ,a really beautiful center feature1 with the addition of a few potted plants1 a little moss and some pebbles4 ,how to construct it3 ,first1 have a tinsmith make the center bowl ,a out of tin1 any size you wish1 according to your window4 ,this resembles a large cake tin1 hollow in the center4 ,have it enameled white 7it will not cost very much74 ,then cut a hole in the center of your window2 place this tin over the hole2 secure a circular glass shelf1 ,b1 from any ordinary notion or perfumery counter stand2 put a large rubber band around the center tin cone and rest the glass shelf ,b upon it4 ,have a fancy stem1 ,c1 made of tin and enameled white and soldered to water pipe1 which passes through the hole in center of glass shelf ,b1 and is attached to main pipe in the basement4 ,a rubber washer on the glass shelf makes it water tight4 ,fine holes are punched into the stem1 ,c1 at top and bottom4 ,the water flow is regulated by water stop4 ,the surplus is carried off through waste pipe4 ,the skeleton pulley ,d is arranged so that half of it is in center of the fountain4 ,in the four openings of pulley are four pieces of colored glass1 red1 green1 yellow and blue1 held in position by tacks4 ,a strong electric light with reflector1 ,f1 sends its rays through the colored glass upward and through the center cone on to the water1 giving a very beautiful effect4 ,the changing of the colors can be reduced in speed by means of the reducer ,e4 ,three electric bulbs1 colored green1 with wires made waterproof1 are well insulated and enameled white and laid in the lower bowl4 ,a few pond lilies and gold fish1 together with other accessories suggested1 makes a magnificent center feature4 ,,chapter ,,xvii4 ,,electrical ,,mechanical ,,display4 ,the combination of electrical effects with mechanical devices adds to the complication of work but produces the most attractive displays yet known to the art4 ,such designs range from very simple effects to the most bewildering productions1 and are only limited by the skill and genius of the decorator4 ,we explain in this chapter examples of the different grades of this work4 ,illustration3 ,,electric ,,illuminated ,,fountain4 ,,illuminated ,,scenic ,,background4 ,first the outlines of the trees are painted on heavy board and cut out1 as are the 8wings0 in a scene at the theater4 ,a village1 with a pretty scene1 houses and churches in the distance1 etc41 is then painted1 and the profile of the steeples1 chimneys1 gables1 etc41 also cut out4 ,about two inches back of this is set a frame in which is puffed a sunburst of white china silk4 ,behind this1 again at a distance of two inches1 is set another frame covered with tissue paper1 as is shown in the next diagram4 ,illustration ,a short distance back of this tissue frame is placed a window glass1 as a protection to the paper from the electric lights1 twenty-four of which were hung in circular forms back of all1 the lights following the form of the sunburst4 ,the effect is simply gorgeous1 the silk sunburst taking all the tintings of the tissue paper screen and the colors blending in perfect harmony1 from the rosy tints of the rising sun to the deep purple tones of the sky4 ,it puzzles observers to know how this brilliant effect is created2 but you know how to do it now1 and can try it yourself4 ,it will be sure to attract attention and excite admiration4 ,this is the invention of ,leonard ,shogran4 ,illustration3 ,,design ,,showing ,,electric ,,scenic ,,background4--,shogran4 ,,the 8,,octopus0 ,,window ,,attraction4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,electric ,,scenic ,,background4 ,this consists in cutting the form of the octopus from dark fabric1 and stitching it to a white cloth4 ,the scales can be made on the octopus with black paint4 ,the eyes should be cut out1 and pink cloth or paper pasted over the openings on the back of the cloth4 ,then a number of cards should be obtained from white board1 and the letters of various inscriptions cut out with a sharp knife4 ,a few suggestive cards are shown in the sketch4 ,the top card is simply pinned above the form of the octopus1 and the several little cards are entwined in the arms4 ,colored paper1 or cloth1 is glued to the back of each card1 so that1 like the eyes of the octopus1 a striking effect is obtained when the rear lights are put on and allowed to shine through4 ,the lighting arrangement is shown next4 ,the wood frame1 to which the cloth that holds the form of the octopus is tacked1 is marked a4 7,the view is a sectional one47 ,this frame is secured to a stand1 d1 and the latter to the floor of the window4 ,a tinner can make the tin reflector b1 which reflector serves to support brackets for the lights e4 ,the reflector is placed just back of the frame and is supported by stand c4 ,electric wires1 f1 carry the current to the lights1 and the light shining through the white cloth shows the form of the octopus1 while the eyes and the lettering are most vivid4 ,if electric lights are not available gas or oil lighting can be arranged on same4 plan4 ,illustration ,illustration3 ,,showing ,,back ,,of ,,octopus ,,display4 ,,old ,,dutch ,,windmill ,,with ,,changeable ,,colors ,,and ,,flasher ,,effects4 ,the design here submitted is one that will attract attention as far as it can be seen1 and requires nothing practically of a special order1 and is applicable to almost any kind of stock4 ,the first proceeding naturally will be the frame for the mill house 7see ,fig4 #b74 ,for a design1 say five and one-half feet high1 let this be four feet high to top1 eighteen inches square at the gables1 two feet square at the base1 made of stock say #a #c inches1 and strong enough to stand the weight and vibrations of the revolving wheel4 ,about three feet from the floor put in two cross pieces for the bearings for the wheel4 ,the frame can either be covered with painted canvas or filled in with boxes of shoes or corsets1 bolts of ribbon1 etc41 or covered with white cloth pinned full of bunches of flowers or other millinery goods4 ,the wheel 7see ,fig4 #a7 is made of two pieces of #a #c wood1 five feet long1 crossed at right angles in the center1 and be careful to have it securely fastened to a substantial hub1 in case you cannot get the flange described further on4 ,illustration ,the wings for the wheel can be made of lath frames1 say eight inches wide at the top1 six inches at the bottom1 and twenty-two inches long1 covered the same as you decide to cover the mill house1 and provision made for the lamps projecting through when the lamp sockets are screwed to the #a #c-;inch pieces behind4 ,next is the shaft1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,get a piece of gas pipe eight inches longer than your frame is square at the bearings1 screw it securely into a #c-;inch flange1 which in turn is screwed to the center of the wheel and acts as a hub4 ,parallel with the shaft1 in its center1 fasten two strips of -inch wood1 opposite each other 7see ,fig4 #d71 and about one foot long4 ,next make nine rings of -inch brass1 whose inside diameter will be such as to cause them to fit snugly over the wooden strips on the shaft1 about one-quarter inch apart4 ,thus you will see the duty of the strips is to hold the rings away from the shaft1 and allow the intervening space under the rings for drawing in the wires4 ,to ring ,no4 #i connect a wire running to one side of each circuit on the wheel1 and known as the return wire4 7,see ,fig4 #f47 ,connect ring ,no4 #h to circuit ,no4 #h on the wheel1 ,no4 #g ring to ,no4 #g circuit1 etc4 ,these wires must all be run under the rings1 so as to leave their face unobstructed1 and at the point of the shaft bearing they must run inside the shaft and out again at the flange4 ,attach a #e-;inch pulley anywhere1 put on a collar to prevent lateral motion1 and the shaft is completed4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c4 ,fig4 #d4 ,fig4 #e4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f4 ,next nail a #a #b-;inch strip1 covered with asbestos1 across the frame 7see ,fig4 #e71 parallel with the shaft and one-half inch clearance from the rings4 ,this is for a bridge to support the brushes1 which project up and press on the rings to form a contact4 ,make the brushes of thin brass1 three inches long1 and set one opposite and in line with each ring1 and screw to the bridge4 ,each brush will be known by the same number as its corresponding ring4 ,shaft brush ,no4 #i connects to the service main direct2 shaft brush ,no4 #h connects to flasher brush ,no4 #h2 shaft brush ,no4 #g connects to flasher brush ,no4 #g1 and so on4 ,place your flasher in such position that you can belt direct from a #a-;inch pulley on the countershaft of your flasher to the #e-;inch pulley on the shaft of the windmill with a quarter-inch leather belt4 ,divide the flasher circumference into twelve parts4 ,arrange the lugs as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,connect and start the motor1 and the following will be produced3 #a4 ,red center4 #b4 ,add white to center4 #c4 ,change center to yellow4 #d4 ,add green to center4 #e4 ,red border1 yellow and red center4 #f4 ,red border1 red and white center4 #g4 ,red border1 green and red center4 #h4 ,red border1 green and white center4 #i4 ,red and white border1 green and white center4 #aj4 ,yellow and green border1 green and red center4 #aa4 ,red and green border1 green and white center4 #ab4 ,green and white border1 green and red center4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g4 ,it is possible1 with the above1 to make #a1fbj combinations1 but ,i wouldn't advise you to try it just yet4 ,it is also possible to use fewer circuits if you wish1 and get good results2 but ,i have chosen the above as giving the best results for the labor expended4 ,i have previously told how lamps can be colored for this kind of work4 ,,electric ,,revolving ,,christmas ,,tree4 ,this is an excellent window feature for the holidays1 or it would make a beautiful interior display for the toy department4 ,instead of trimming the tree with the old style glass bells1 use colored electric lights and have the tree revolving4 ,the cost is very small1 and can be quickly constructed1 and when artistically trimmed with toys1 etc41 makes a very beautiful feature4 ,how to go about it3 ,first1 secure a good shaped tree1 the size you wish to use1 ,a4 ,then trim off the limbs at the bottom2 cut a hole through the floor in the center of window2 put the bottom of tree through this hole1 resting the end upon a revolving counter stool ,d4 ,see that it is well oiled4 ,if you have no stool1 use any suitable pivot4 ,smooth around the tree below the limbs2 put plenty of graphite on and nail a collar to the window floor4 ,this will make a good bearing4 ,next get a split pulley ,b1 and fix around the tree4 ,this connects with motor4 ,if you wish to reduce the speed1 make a reducer1 as shown in electric fountain drawing in last chapter4 ,the wiring is of the simplest kind1 and has already been thoroughly explained4 ,be careful to insulate well all connections4 ,c shows block of wood with brushes attached4 ,the strips of copper nailed on pulley ,b show the contact and cut-off4 ,you can use as many or as few lights as you wish4 ,to color the bulbs1 use ,pikron for glass1 which comes in all colors4 ,this is so simple in construction that any amateur will grasp the idea readily4 ,it is an excellent ,christmas attraction4 ,illustration3 ,,electrical ,,revolving ,,christmas ,,tree4 ,a ,,ship ,,in ,a ,,storm4 ,this was a prize design of ,leonard ,shogran's invention1 and depicts in the foreground a well-rigged ship with the name 8,monarch0 painted on her bow and stern was nobly laboring in the heavy seas1 with a motion so accurately perfect that many interested spectators stepped on the window sash in hopes to see actual waves4 ,every five or six seconds a vivid flash of lightning burst forth from the sullen1 stormy clouds1 with such surprising reality one would invariably wait to hear the crashing thunder4 ,the mechanical contrivance used to obtain the above described effect is very simple and inexpensive4 ,a painted scene on canvas represents a storm on the water1 about #e #g feet in size1 covered on back with cardboard1 making it perfectly opaque4 ,then cut out streaks representing lightning1 and also openings in the edges of the clouds bending them forward enough to admit the light from behind4 ,then paste white tissue paper back of openings representing lightning1 and yellow and orange back of clouds4 ,then place an incandescent lamp behind1 which is turned on and off every few seconds by an automatic switch4 ,to produce the flickering effect1 wherein the real novelty consists1 place a large wheel1 made of cardboard and thin strips of wood1 divided into eight equal open and closed spaces1 between the canvas and lamp1 which1 when set in motion1 throws a rapid string of shadows1 caused by the closed space4 ,this wheel1 as will be understood1 was always in motion2 so that the moment the lamp was lit the effect was there2 and when it went out everything seemed dead and quiet1 as no trace of the revolving wheel could then be seen4 ,illustration3 ,,design ,,showing ,,ship ,,in ,a ,,storm4--,shogran4 ,the effective motion of the ship was obtained by an equally simple device1 as can be seen in the drawing4 ,the ship was first painted on cardboard1 and cut out and fastened on a rod operated by a wheel below4 ,the different speeds necessary for these effects was obtained by a series of pulleys1 the arrangement of which you will find illustrated in the drawing4 ,illustration3 ,,mechanism ,,of ,,ship ,,in ,a ,,storm4 ,a ,,moonlight ,,scene4 ,this novel effect1 as shown in the picture1 is a pleasing centerpiece to any class of displayed goods4 ,the background was a scene1 painted in oil colors on a #g #i canvas1 of a rough1 8choppy0 sea1 the water in natural colors1 the sky nearly black1 except where the edges of the clouds are lit up by the rising moon4 ,at the horizon a hole is cut for moon1 and beneath that1 and all the way down to bottom of the canvas1 little slits were cut in the crests of the waves1 the width of space in which slits were cut widening while going downward4 ,white celluloid was glued to back of moon and also all the slits1 and back of celluloid yellow tissue paper was glued4 ,on front of canvas edges of slits were tipped with gilt and silver metal flitters sprinkled liberally between4 ,divide the canvas into two parts by cutting through where the sky line and water meet4 ,each part was mounted on a frame1 the water part put on very loosely1 allowing three or four inches play4 ,when set up the water canvas laps over the sky a trifle1 and is set one-half inch forward to allow sail to pass through1 which is a piece of cardboard painted gray1 and fastened on an endless band4 ,an incandescent light is placed back of moon1 also one lower down1 back of slits1 and an electric fan stood back of water canvas4 ,when set in motion the sail projects through and passes across the canvas between the two frames at the horizon1 and the canvas on water frame being loose1 the fan gives it a pitching1 rolling motion4 ,when seen from sidewalk no division of canvas is detected1 and the illusion of the moving sail and rolling waters1 reflecting the moon's light1 is perfect4 ,this arrangement is so simple and easy that any one can do it1 and it is bound to be an overwhelming attraction anywhere4 ,this display was the invention of ,oscar ,m4 ,condit4 ,illustration3 ,,design ,,showing ,a ,,moonlight ,,scene4--,condit4 ,illustration3 ,,rear ,,view4 ,,an ,,allegorical ,,design4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,in giving a description of this allegorical effect you will at once see that it is on the 8theatrical0 order4 ,a great many of our merchants have ideas of their own in regard to the value of decorations of this kind--in fact1 we know of a merchant who will not allow a wax figure in his windows1 another who considers a landscape effect abominable1 another who will not allow contrasting backgrounds1 and so on without end4 ,the fact remains1 nevertheless1 that the writer believes show windows were made for the purpose of showing goods1 that the people may see what you have and patronize you accordingly4 ,it is with the intention of giving you a show window distinctively attractive in itself1 that can be gotten up at a trifling expense and possess sufficient animation to attract the attention of the public1 that the accompanying design is presented4 ,it is suitable for almost any line of goods1 and requires no materials outside of the average property room1 unless it be the flasher2 but as these are now so much used we assume you have one either of your own make1 such as has been previously described1 or one of the many for sale on the market4 ,outside of this you will require fourteen red1 fourteen white and seven green lamps for the figure and border1 and the necessary amount of stationary lights to show off the goods displayed properly1 but not strong enough to dim the colors of the figure4 ,next select a suitable life-size figure1 mount it on a pedestal about one foot high1 and drape in any filmy white material you may have4 ,set the figure somewhat back on the pedestal1 so as to leave room for three footlights of different colors in front1 which can be screened from the outside by a piece of new tin set at such angle as to reflect the colored rays upon the white figure1 and properly covered up on the side toward the street4 ,the sword may be made of a piece of lath covered with silver paper or white cloth4 ,for the girdle use a modern stock article1 and a limited amount of tinsel properly distributed will improve the looks of the entire window4 ,for the wings take two thin sticks extending from the bottom of the wings below the hips to the extreme tip4 ,draw it into the shape of a bow1 with a string attached to each end1 the same as a small boy would make a bow4 ,about two-thirds of the way down1 at a point just behind the shoulders nail a piece of board about #f #ab inches4 ,now take a number of lath1 saw them in two parts lengthwise and nail to this board1 diverging in the direction shown in the cut forming the frame for the wings4 ,they are to be covered with a transparent white material for two reasons3 ,the lights on the wings are behind the cloth1 showing through 7not in front71 and it must be white because there are colored lamps to be shown through it4 ,the covering on the wings should be properly gathered and pleated to give the appearance of feathers1 in the same direction as the diverging ribs4 ,a very thin shellac 7almost watery with alcohol7 colored with aniline makes a very good dip for coloring lamps for temporary inside work4 ,use very little aniline1 as deep colors do not give the desired effect4 ,the background can be made of panels about one foot wide and eight long1 all converging to the center4 ,in this case1 however1 it will be found better to put the lamps studding the panels on the front side4 ,the panels can be made of all white or alternate white and delicate pink1 with lights therein to correspond4 ,behind the whole about two feet put a purple background perfectly plain--at least from the level of the hips up1 if not entirely4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b4 ,the wiring is done according to ,fig4 #b4 ,circuit ,no4 #a connects to each alternate light in the border which are to be red2 ,no4 #b goes to each alternate light in the border which will be white2 ,no4 #c to one red footlight and three red lights in each wing2 ,no4 #d to one white footlight and three white in each wing4 ,no4 #e to one green footlight and three green lights in each wing4 ,while but one line is shown in the cut1 it will be understood that two wires are required4 ,now take the left hand wire of each of the five circuits and connect them to the left hand service main1 using a fuse in each4 ,take the right hand wire of circuit ,no4 #a and connect to the left hand brush of flasher1 the right hand wire of ,no4 #b to the next brush1 and so on4 ,connect the right hand service to the standard of the flasher4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c4 ,next divide the circumference of your flasher into six equal parts1 and arrange the lugs as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,set the speed of the flasher at about one revolution per minute1 and the following effect will be produced3 ,first4--,red and white border1 with green wings and footlight4 ,second4--,red border1 with red and white wings and footlight4 ,third4--,all white4 ,fourth4--,all red4 ,fifth4--,white border1 green wings and footlight4 ,sixth4--,all lamps at once4 ,the above movements will be repeated every minute1 and the current consumed is about #ee per cent of the capacity of the lamps burning steadily4 ,,electrical ,,emblems4 ,the following designs for electrical emblems may be used for exterior1 window or interior decorations4 ,the special method of wiring for letters1 as previously described may be applied to any wording4 ,illustration ,the design for ,washington's ,birthday will do likewise for ,july #dth1 and shows ,washington's portrait surrounded by incandescents4 ,a circle of lights is also placed around the name of each of the thirteen original states4 ,illustration ,the ,knight of ,pythias emblem is an example of an illuminated device for secret societies and is made of papier mache and fitted with incandescents4 ,a rather more elaborate design for the ,odd ,fellows is shown1 partly painted upon a flat board and partly composed of incandescents4 ,illustration ,the ,easter ,emblem is composed of close puffing through which are projected the incandescent globes4 ,the bells are covered with artificial flowers1 the tongues being incandescent lights4 ,,electric ,,millinery ,,display4 ,an effect showing revolving busts and millinery stands1 with lightning effects1 as may be seen in the illustration4 ,the mechanism is plainly numbered in the picture of the apparatus1 and is described as follows3 ,no4 #a4 ,a fan motor1 two #cb candle power lamps used to cut down speed4 ,no4 #b4 ,gear wheels1 three large wheels twelve inches in diameter1 small wheels three and one-half inches4 ,no4 #c4 ,switch to change lights1 power operates it4 ,illustration ,illustration3 ,,electrical ,,easter ,,emblem4 ,illustration3 ,,mechanism ,,of ,,electric ,,millinery ,,display4 ,nos4 #d1 #e1 #f1 #g and #h4 ,stands for hat stands to revolve1 twist the belt line thus3 ,one long belt does the business4 ,shoe strings make the best belting--won't stretch nor slip4 ,use shade poles one inch in diameter1 bore hole in center of wheel one inch1 make a tight fit4 ,use shade ends for bearings4 ,they are cheap and give good service4 ,to make ball bearings and have very little friction1 take a steel ball such as is used in bicycles1 imbed it in the wood1 place the socket over it1 screw it down1 put in your shade end and you have a perfect bearing1 especially so when you wish to make a heavy wax figure revolve4 ,illustration3 ,,design ,,showing ,,electrical ,,millinery ,,display4--,softley4 ,the idea of having so many wheels enables a trimmer to get any desired speed1 high or low4 ,it can be used for any purpose4 ,having the wheels arranged up and down economizes room1 and can be arranged in a very small space4 ,the design above explained is a creation of ,e4 ,w4 ,softley4 ,,chapter ,,xviii4 ,,photographing ,,show ,,windows4 ,it is natural that all trimmers should be interested in the proper reproduction of their displays4 ,the photograph is an imperishable evidence of the trimmer's skill and genius4 ,it counts more with employers than any other one thing4 ,if you wish a position the merchant at once asks1 8,what kind of work can you do80 ,your photograph answers the question4 ,he cannot dispute its evidence4 ,besides1 photographs taken at various times in your career afford a record of your progress4 ,you can see how far you have advanced1 and profit by the comparison4 ,there are a few points that it is well to know and remember concerning the process of photographing show windows3 ,if there is a broad street before your window1 or an open space1 it will be almost impossible to take a picture by day2 for1 plant your camera where you will1 it is always darker in your window than it is outside1 and the opposite condition should prevail4 ,but you can get it at night4 ,see that your electric lights1 while flooding the window1 are themselves hidden from the street4 ,if you have a good lens from twenty to thirty seconds' exposure will be enough4 ,a lens not especially rapid will require more time4 ,the size of the diaphragm also counts4 ,the smaller the diaphragm1 the more time is required2 but the small diaphragm also gives an additional sharpness to your picture4 ,and then1 people can walk between the camera and the window without injuring the picture--provided they don't stop short4 ,the time required is also influenced by the rapidity and make of the plate4 ,therefore you have three things to consider in timing your picture--lens1 plate and diaphragm4 ,a good time to photograph a window is early morning1 on a clear day1 just before sunrise4 ,the light is strong and penetrating1 and a good picture will usually result4 ,remember that the interior of your window must be light4 ,if your window is darker than the street the glass acts as a mirror1 reflecting everything on the opposite side of the street4 ,if the sun shines on your window1 and the opposite side of the street is dark1 there will be no reflections of foreign objects in your picture4 ,by keeping these important items of information in mind any country photographer can get a good picture of a show window4 ,if the photographer doesn't know them1 it would be well to call his attention to these facts4 ,he may not have had experience in 8shooting0 show windows4 ,a method often adopted with good success is as follows3 ,make a cloth screen of black cambric1 sufficiently large to shut off all reflections when raised before the window4 ,fasten the two upper corners to poles1 and when about to take the picture have two men or boys raise the screen just back of the camera4 ,all reflections will be avoided1 and a clear picture result4 ,as it is not probable many photographers will prepare such a screen1 we advise trimmers to have one made1 and keep in readiness for occasions when they want their windows photographed4 ,flashlight pictures will not avoid reflections4 ,you must not attempt to use the screen on windy days1 however1 for the wind will render it unmanageable4 ,a prominent decorator describes his experience in photographing windows in the following words3 8,under ordinary circumstances it is extremely difficult to photograph a window display1 owing to reflections caused by dark objects in the display4 ,these1 acting in a similar manner to mercury on the back of a mirror1 make the plate glass a strong reflector of objects outside the window4 ,frequently a photograph contains not only the window display1 but trees1 buildings1 people1 and even the camera itself1 often to the total exclusion of important portions of the trim4 ,if the glass is extra thick the reflections may be caused by a light colored display as well4 ,having suffered many severe disappointments in photographing my windows1 ,i have been driven to resort to almost every known method in photography to endeavor to eliminate this very objectionable feature from my pictures4 ,but ,i always met with failure until ,i accidentally noticed1 while looking at a window one evening1 that while the windows across the street were dark1 and the arc lights opposite were extinguished1 there was absolutely no reflection on the glass4 ,this was1 of course1 a very natural circumstance1 but one a person might easily overlook4 ,as an experiment ,i planted my camera before the window1 and made a flash light exposure of the display1 only to find that in the center of the picture ,i had a great white blotch caused by the flash--it being reflected by the glass4 ,again ,i tried4 ,the incandescent lights are placed in a strip running along the inside front of the window1 just above the sash1 and fitted with cone-shaped reflectors1 which is the best system of window illumination ever used1 and one that is being universally adopted4 ,the display was a millinery window1 done chiefly in white4 ,i allowed an exposure before the camera of twenty minutes under the light ordinarily used in the window1 and ,i got a beautiful picture entirely free from reflection40 ,the length of exposure depends entirely upon the nature of the goods displayed1 darker goods requiring a longer exposure4 ,an oriental rug display ,i give thirty minutes1 and a white window does not really require more than fifteen minutes4 ,passing street cars1 all having their lights in about the same place1 will cause a streak in the plate if the lens is not covered while they go by4 ,this can be easily done1 without danger of moving the camera1 by simply holding the cover of your plate holder before the lens4 ,the same thing may be done when a person stops before the window4 ,you must make allowances for the time the plate is thus covered1 so that your total exposure will be from fifteen to thirty minutes1 as your judgment dictates is the time required4 ,i have found this method of photographing at night1 by the electric light of the window itself1 by far the most satisfactory of any ,i have attempted1 as the results are uniformly good4 ,,chapter ,,xix4 ,,words ,,of ,,advice4 ,,care ,,of ,,wax ,,figures4 ,now ,i wish to say just a few words regarding the care of wax figures4 ,i think there is nothing that looks so bad1 or ruins the effect of the window so much1 as to see handsomely dressed wax figures with faded1 dirty or shiny faces2 and too often we do see this4 ,with a very little practice and time a trimmer can recolor his figures as well as an expert can do it for him4 ,first take coal oil and a piece of cheesecloth and wash the face2 but do not allow the oil to remain on the face more than a few moments1 as it will soften the wax4 ,when wiped dry and cleaned1 take powdered pumice1 mixed with a very little carmine2 mix until all the red streaks have been thoroughly worked in4 ,this will give you a very light pink shade4 ,then get a large sable brush1 dip it in the preparation and commence at the point of the cheek1 using a circular motion of the brush1 and so continue until the face has been covered4 ,give the cheeks more time than the rest of the face4 ,it will give them more color4 ,for the lips1 corners of the eyes and nostrils1 mix the carmine and pumice half and half1 and use a very small sable brush4 ,with a little care and practice any trimmer can recolor his figures with slight trouble4 ,,january ,,sales4 ,during the month of ,january certain lines of goods are pushed to the front and 8sales0 inaugurated to induce customers to purchase liberally4 ,the holidays being over1 and the demand for fancy goods and notions comparatively small1 staples and necessary articles are alone capable of interesting the public4 ,white goods1 linens1 cottons and muslin underwear are in natural demand during the month of ,january4 ,perhaps1 were the choice left to the housewife1 she might prefer to purchase these lines a little later in the season4 ,but when she notes the 8special sales0 inaugurated by all prominent houses1 she wisely decides to take advantage of the opportunity and lay in a stock of goods for the coming months4 ,linen sales are always expected in ,january1 and when the holiday windows come out the linen windows usually go in4 ,in smaller towns the sales do not commence until about ,january #ae1 and are continued for two or three weeks4 ,,clearing ,,sales4 ,if ever a window trimmer is useful to his house it is when 8clearing up0 sales are in order and it is necessary to reduce stock before inventory4 ,there are many goods left over from the holiday stocks that should not be carried another year1 and the house prefers to make a reduction in price in order to close them out promptly4 ,now is the trimmer's opportunity to be useful4 ,he is given a lot of odds and ends1 at attractive prices1 and told to 8sell them40 ,his cards should be carefully and vigorously worded1 his displays especially attractive4 ,for he isn't catering now to a public in search of goods to purchase1 but a public that must be coaxed and 8jollied0 into buying what it really doesn't need--and that1 too1 at a time when pocketbooks are especially shrunken and debilitated4 ,therefore the man who makes a catchy trim is rendering himself especially valuable to his employers1 and trimmers should use every endeavor to make their trims count1 and try to do conscientious work4 ,,business ,,window4 ,it has lately become the fashion to discourage mechanical displays1 as well as 8picture0 windows and elaborate trims of all sorts1 under the plea that they are not 8business windows40 8,give me a plain1 business window10 says the merchant2 and the trimmer does not argue the question very fiercely1 for it saves him a lot of thought and a lot of hard work4 ,what is a 8business0 window8 ,what is usually meant by the term is a window that will sell goods--the final aim of all window trimming4 ,how can a window sell goods8 ,by placing them before the public in such a manner that the observer has a desire for them1 and enters the store to make the purchase4 ,once in1 the customer may see other things she wants1 and no matter how much she purchases under these conditions the credit of the sale belongs to the window4 ,now1 mark one point in this statement4 ,i said 8observer40 ,all goods placed in a show window are not observed4 ,since the street is lined with windows1 all filled with merchandise1 few people stop to notice any of them unless there is something in the window that especially catches the eye4 ,a 8business window0 that has no attractive quality is not really a business window4 ,it is a fool window4 ,the attractive window is the business window4 ,to make an attractive window requires all the brain power and craft and taste and handiwork of the most expert trimmer4 ,the inexpert trimmer is the man who decorated that window which is not attractive and which the passing throng does not see at all4 ,in order to make a window stand out from its fellows something more than a plain arrangement of merchandise is needed4 ,it must be unusual and distinctive to the extent of arresting the attention of busy people as they hurry along the street4 ,shrewd and observant trimmers have found that the secret of successful windows is to have a background or mechanical device that will command attention1 and then to place the goods in so ingenious a manner that in looking at the display people note the excellence of the goods and desire to purchase them4 ,it's the old idea of first catching your hare and then cooking it4 ,but you must catch your hare4 ,you must have an attraction that induces the pedestrian to stop and look1 or your window is a flat failure4 ,that is why beautiful1 artistic and mechanical displays are to be encouraged rather than discouraged4 ,these are the real 8business windows40 ,a ,,hint ,,to ,,department ,,managers4 ,if you wish to get the best results from the window and window trimmer1 give him a chance and lay out the goods you desire in the window4 ,lay them all out1 as nearly as possible1 then call the window trimmer and let him look over them2 tell him the story2 let him know all about them from your point of view1 when without doubt you will find the window more to your idea than otherwise4 ,do not take it for granted the trimmer knows all you know about these particular goods4 ,no matter how much experience he may have1 tell him what you desire4 ,if you simply hand out a lot of stuff1 just about as it comes1 it will appear in the window in pretty much the same shape4 ,do not forget that the trimmer's first thought is1 ,how will they drape or set best8 ,how will the colors harmonize8 ,what kinds of stands or pictures can ,i get or use8 ,these and other considerations are usually the way it strikes him2 he does not think of your point of view1 or what you want to say4 ,hence1 as a matter of course1 the window tickets do not express your idea at all1 nor has the most been made of the position of 8leaders10 etc4 ,the window doesn't draw as it should2 there is but little return2 the buyer and every one else concerned are out of temper1 and feel like finding fault with everybody but themselves4 ,if you have struck any particular arrangement in which you desire to have your window trimmed1 say so4 ,no doubt the trimmer will have seen it1 being always on the lookout1 and be happy to please4 ,should the goods be yard goods of various colors1 patterns and prices1 then particularly is it necessary for the trimmer to see the major portion of the goods to go in1 that he may be able to make the best color arrangement possible4 ,giving him two1 three or four pieces at a time as he goes along quite precludes the possibility of any kind of color harmony4 ,the trimmer can only set the four pieces1 one after the other1 and then go for four more1 to be set up in like manner4 ,this is the way not to do it4 ,give all the goods at once--near as possible--so he can select as he thinks best4 ,that is his particular business1 has been his particular study1 and most likely he knows more of color harmony than you do1 and can make a better window selection4 ,the same idea of course refers to all goods of divers colors and patterns4 ,this point is important1 as being conducive to good window display1 and profitable results therefrom4 ,these little points may seem of but small account to those of our buying confreres who have not studied the matter4 ,it is not for me to tell them that every great business is made up of just such little things2 or in other words1 to arrange every detail so as to avoid loss of time 7money71 and to get the best results 7money7 with the least possible expenditure--system and discipline count every time4 ,every business man who has studied the matter will recognize the fact that modern and judicious window displays are of greater drawing power than any other advertising medium extant1 and are becoming more so every day1 with enormous strides4 ,therefore when you deal with a modern window trimmer give him the courtesy due one who has attained an indispensable position1 by long study1 thought and diligence4 ,,monogram ,,construction4 ,suggestions for making monograms for window displays are shown in the accompanying illustration4 ,the letters may be cut from thick pasteboard or from thin wood1 using a sharp knife for the purpose4 ,often the letters are made several feet high1 and when covered with white cloth or wound with decorative material make novel and attractive exhibits4 ,the monogram can be supported in the center of a window by means of cords from the ceiling or on a wood rack4 ,illustration ,,process ,,for ,,gilding4 ,as the window trimmer is frequently required to gild articles for display1 the process may be described4 ,the material to be gilded is first covered with a solution of gelatine in hot water1 to which an equal quantity of alcohol is added1 and the leaf gold put on while wet4 ,then take a sheet of soft paper and press and smooth it over the leaf gold until the gelatine below is evenly distributed4 ,by this spots in the gilding are prevented4 ,do not use too much gelatine1 as otherwise the gold becomes spotted2 nor too little1 for in this case the binding is too weak to enable the gold to withstand subsequent polishing4 ,the surfaces should be cleaned before gilding4 ,after having the leaf gold put on1 the whole is allowed to dry for ten or twenty minutes1 when the gold is rubbed with cotton1 whereby the luster is produced4 ,then another layer of gelatine is spread on with one stroke of a full1 soft and large brush1 and if especially good work be required1 a second layer of leaf gold is put on and covered with gelatine as before4 ,in this case1 however1 the gelatine is best used hot4 ,the same process can be employed for silvering1 but more gelatine should be taken1 as leaf silver is thicker than leaf gold4 ,,chapter ,,xx4 ,,hints ,,and ,,suggestions4 ,chiffon4--,the utility of chiffon in window decoration is proved every day4 ,the material is so soft1 fleecy and pliable that it makes an admirable floor covering or background1 and is also adapted for shelves4 99 99 99 99 99 ,an ,illumination4--,procure a number of hanging fish globes1 of about #d-quart size4 ,cover them with colored tissue or crepe paper1 smooth on the surface1 with a puffing or shirr at the top4 ,suspend in various positions in your window1 and drop an incandescent globe into each1 or light with small hand lamps4 ,if the colors are harmonious the illumination will be beautiful enough to attract unusual attention to your display4 99 99 99 99 99 ,prisms for ,decorating4--,suddenly a fad has sprung up for decorating trims with prisms1 such as used on hanging lamps4 ,they are sold by the hundred by any crockery house1 and are very reasonable in price4 ,to edge shelving in windows or for trimming more profusely they are very bright and pretty4 ,in one recent trim #e1jjj prisms were used on the background1 and when the display was lighted at evening the bright crystals looked like so many scintillating diamonds4 99 99 99 99 99 ,side ,hoops4--,the sides of windows are always more or less difficult to trim properly1 but by using small hoops1 about twelve or fifteen inches in diameter1 nailed in various positions against the side walls1 you can suspend within them many goods that will show advantageously1 and serve to balance your trim4 ,the hoops should be wound with cheesecloth1 thus making a frame for the article you display4 99 99 99 99 99 ,post ,shelves4--,posts in windows frequently annoy and puzzle trimmers1 who find them awkward to contend with4 ,post brackets are easily made1 and are serviceable1 while they obviate the disadvantage of the post4 ,make shelves fitting halfway around the post and fronting the window glass4 ,place them equal distances apart1 and then tack pleats of cheesecloth to the edges1 allowing the pleats to run down to the next shelf1 where they are bunched and tacked4 ,make the shelves of such width as will accommodate the goods you wish to display4 99 99 99 99 99 ,suspended ,stands4--,cut a square board large enough for the form to stand upon1 cover it neatly1 and suspend from the ceiling by ribbons running from each corner4 ,one beauty about these is they do not interfere with the trim below them4 99 99 99 99 99 ,framed ,forms4--,secure a large gilt frame1 set it in the center of your window and build behind it an alcove lined with dark drapery4 ,set a form1 costumed as desired1 in this alcove1 and light with electric lights placed inside the frame and out of view4 ,the effect is similar to that of a lifesized picture1 and is very attractive4 99 99 99 99 99 ,umbrellas and ,neckwear4--,make stands of threes of umbrellas1 and lay neckwear over the crossed handles4 ,or1 fasten canes or umbrellas to the sides and back of your trim1 the ferrules sticking into the bored holes of a proper size to hold them firmly2 and over these improvised fixtures drape four-in-hands1 hosiery1 etc4 ,the crooked handles may be used for suspending made ties4 99 99 99 99 99 ,ribbon ,decoration4--,where the trim occupies only the floor of the window1 the display may be balanced by running broad ribbons from the four corners1 crossing in the center and placed about midway between the trim and the ceiling4 ,make a large bow for each corner and one in the center where the ribbons cross4 ,this idea may often be utilized in millinery trims4 99 99 99 99 99 ,wash ,day4--,for a wash goods window put a form representing a laundress bending over a wash tub and engaged in washing a piece of goods of the class the window is draped with4 ,a sign should read1 8,yes1 these will wash40 99 99 99 99 99 ,easter ,panorama4--,a panorama of ,easter flowers may easily be made by placing bunches of various flowers on an endless belt1 which1 when attached to a motor1 carries the flowers across the window in one continual stream4 99 99 99 99 99 ,live ,canary ,birds4--,here is a novel suggestion that will make a capital background for any window3 ,about three feet from the back of your window put a screen of illusion or some open material1 the color being cream or some light tint that will render the netting as invisible as possible4 ,in the space behind the netting place some wires at various distances1 so that the birds may perch upon them4 ,a few canaries in this backing1 flying here and there1 as they will1 will prove a great attraction4 ,a painted background of a summer scene will greatly improve the effect4 99 99 99 99 99 ,human ,forms4--,the fad just now is to use human forms to show goods4 ,a handsomely fitted room is shown in the window1 and a lady1 dressed in style costume1 sits or walks about1 showing off her gown to advantage4 ,at times she displays cards reading1 8,this lace costs ---- a yard10 or 8,this dress goods is only ---- a yard10 thus calling attention practically to the goods4 ,the ladies criticise the make and 8hang0 and appearance of the fabrics1 and the men--well1 if the display figure is pretty the men are also attracted4 ,bicycle suits for ladies were recently shown in this manner in ,chicago1 the display figure1 or model1 appearing in a different dress every hour4 99 99 99 99 99 ,kaleidoscope4--,an ingenious display consists of two rapidly revolving electric fans1 throwing about with their strong air currents particles of red1 white and blue paper1 forming a scene of kaleidoscopic beauty4 99 99 99 99 99 ,shamrocks4--,cut a large shamrock1 say two feet high1 from thin boards or cardboard1 and cover the surface thickly with the artificial green rose leaves sold by millinery houses4 ,the effect is very beautiful and it may be used in the center of your window on ,st4 ,patrick's day4 99 99 99 99 99 ,to ,show ,ribbons4--,a pretty effect is created by pushing out the center of a bolt of ribbon and extending the coils to as great a length as the width of the bolt will admit4 99 99 99 99 99 ,icicles4--,icicles in summer have a cooling tendency4 ,to make a cool looking window1 take strings 7hempen cord is best7 and dip them in a solution of glue4 ,while wet scatter cotton along them until they are from a quarter to a half inch thick4 ,let them dry4 ,dissolve gelatine1 making a solution about as thick as ordinary syrup4 ,dip your cords into this solution and hang them up again to dry4 ,result--icicles as long and thick as you want them2 guaranteed not to melt in the sun4 ,suspend them from the top of your windows4 ,fill in the spaces between them1 on the ceiling1 with vines of smilax1 artificial flowers and green leaves4 ,illustration3 ,,stages ,,in ,,icicle-,,making4 99 99 99 99 99 ,house of ,linens4--,build a light frame of a small house of any design to suit your fancy1 and cover it with strawboard1 except the spaces for windows and doors4 ,over the board arrange toweling for the roof1 folded napkins for the sides1 with solid colored handkerchiefs for the windows4 ,light from within4 99 99 99 99 99 ,shirt ,waists4--,very attractive displays may be made with shirt waists1 which will soon be in season4 ,make pads of excelsior1 wrapped with thin1 flexible paper1 and of a size to fill out the waists1 and insert one into the bosom of each waist shown4 ,smaller pads for sleeves may be used to advantage4 ,waists should be fitted with collars1 ties and cuffs4 99 99 99 99 99 ,winter ,scene4--,a good window for winter may be made by cutting down an old tree 7or part of one7 and placing it in the center of your window4 ,run cotton over the tops of the bare branches to represent snow1 and sprinkle it with flitters4 ,two or three stuffed robins or sparrows may be placed upon the branches1 which will also hold many articles of merchandise4 99 99 99 99 99 ,twist ,crepe ,backgrounds4--,trimmers are using crepe paper for backgrounds with good effect4 ,one mode is to cut the crepe paper into three-inch strips1 paste together1 end to end1 until long enough to reach the height of the window4 ,one end is tacked flat to the floor1 and the strip is slightly twisted until the curls that are formed are about as close as those in a corkscrew4 ,the strip is then drawn fairly taut and tacked to the ceiling4 ,a few inches away a strip of contrasting color is fastened in the same way1 and1 continuing1 a straight or circular backing is thus formed which is bright and attractive4 ,sometimes the tops of the twisted columns are centered1 and in a few instances the ends are gathered together at the bottom and spread1 fan-like1 from that point4 99 99 99 99 99 ,handkerchief ,racks4--,these racks consist of -inch rods fastened under the back edge of the counter top1 running perpendicularly to a height of eighteen inches above the counter1 and then forward horizontally eighteen inches4 ,the front end is flattened and pierced with a small hole in which to stick the standard of a price ticket4 ,the bars are placed a foot apart1 and run the length of the counter4 ,handkerchiefs are fastened to the horizontal section by means of clasps or cord1 and the effect produced by the display is remarkable1 a few dozen handkerchiefs presenting the appearance of a large stock4 ,the bars are common iron1 made by any blacksmith1 and gilded4 99 99 99 99 99 ,use of ,wall ,paper4--,occasionally one tires of the continuous use of cheesecloth for backgrounds1 and for variety a window lined with wall paper is effective4 ,care must be exercised in selecting a small1 dainty pattern1 and the entire window space--sides1 back1 ceiling and floor--should be covered with the same pattern1 as well as any stands used in the trim4 ,dark backgrounds1 with small white figures1 are most desirable4 99 99 99 99 99 ,holly4--,windows trimmed with sprigs of holly1 having the red berries peeping from among the dark green leaves1 inspire shoppers with the thought that ,christmas is not far off1 and thus stimulate trade4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a ,snow ,storm4--,cover the bottom of your window with cotton batting 7sides and top may also be covered if you wish74 ,dust well with powdered mica or white frosting4 ,place several incandescent lights1 wire guarded1 so that they are hidden from view by the cotton4 ,some of the lights may have red bulbs4 ,secrete several electric fans in various parts of the window1 and1 lastly1 throw three or four pounds of goose-down into the window and start up the fans4 ,you will not only have a regular snow storm1 but a blizzard1 and any central figure will be seen as having a fight with the elements4 99 99 99 99 99 ,rainbow4--,a very pretty window is where the background is a huge rainbow1 consisting of a broad arch the full width of the window4 ,this arch is covered with tinted cheesecloth1 one tint blending with another1 and all the hues of the rainbow being used4 ,the effect is exceedingly striking4 ,a show card in front reads3 8,don't ,chase ,rainbows4 ,we ,have the ,goods and the ,prices4 ,trade with ,us40 99 99 99 99 99 ,a ,blanket ,window4--,make an arch1 extending across the window1 covered with rolled blankets4 ,under the arch build a small hill of irregular shape1 covered with some green material4 ,place toy sheep in different positions upon the hill4 ,use draped blankets for background4 ,natural wool may also be effectively used to trim with4 99 99 99 99 99 ,autumn ,leaves4--,natural or artificial leaves1 in the exquisite autumnal colorings1 may be effectively employed in decorating windows4 ,they are seasonable and attractive1 and easily procured4 99 99 99 99 99 ,outfit ,displays4--,where a merchant carries all lines of goods1 a capital idea is to make a window of outfit displays4 ,lay over a form an attractive piece of dress goods1 and upon or around this group articles of ladies' wear to match the shade of the cloth1 such as gloves1 ribbons1 neckwear1 umbrella1 shoes and a trimmed hat4 ,half a dozen such outfits1 contrasting well in colors1 make a window very attractive to the fair sex4 99 99 99 99 99 ,fireplaces4--,the soft glow of a fireplace in the center or at the side of a window brightens any trim1 and in cold weather looks very cozy to the shivering crowds that pass by4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a ,good ,idea4--,silks and dress ,goods may be attractively draped over short poles suspended from the ceiling of the window by means of chains4 ,the poles should be about two feet in length4 ,bows of bright ribbon fastened to the chains midway between the pole and ceiling add to the charm of the display4 99 99 99 99 99 ,illusion4--,a very pretty window trim may be made by stretching illusion1 of the quality that hats are lined with1 across the center of the window1 and upon its surface pinning fancy handkerchiefs1 etc41 in artistic1 flower shaped effects4 ,if the illusion is stretched tightly it will be almost invisible1 and the goods will seem to the observer to be suspended in mid-air4 99 99 99 99 99 ,box ,models4--,much attention may be attracted by making from cardboard a model of some well known building in your town1 such as the court house1 public library1 college or a church1 following the form of its architecture and painting it to resemble the original structure4 ,cut out the windows and cover the openings with colored tissue paper4 ,by putting a light inside you get a very pretty effect and one that will be appreciated by your townspeople4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a ,prismatic ,display4--,take two large panes of common window glass1 and set them in a frame about six inches apart4 ,have them perfectly clean1 and then fill the space between them with cracked ice of clean and clear quality4 ,place the frame in the window1 and behind the exact center of it hang an electric light or place a lamp with a reflector4 ,from the sidewalk the cracked ice will show the most beautiful prismatic effects1 in all the colors of the rainbow4 ,in cold weather the ice will last throughout a day easily1 and perhaps for a longer time4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a ,pretty ,trim recently shown consisted of an open well1 built up of rough stones and covered with moss1 with an old oaken bucket attached to a pole1 which a boy is just raising from the well4 ,autumn leaves strew the ground1 and at the back of the scene is a fence consisting of two rough rails and pickets of umbrellas and canes alternating4 ,a cabin built of underwear is at one side1 and a forest scene fills in the back4 99 99 99 99 99 ,an ,easter ,bouquet4--,an appropriate centerpiece for an ,easter window is a large bouquet of artificial flowers1 among which are scattered handkerchiefs1 ties1 gloves or other small articles1 which project from the bouquet and bear neat price cards4 ,bouquets may also be made in which handkerchiefs are folded to represent ,calla lilies4 ,use a jeweled hat pin for the center of the lily1 and green cloth for a stem4 ,a ,waterfall4--,one of the department stores in ,minneapolis1 wishing to call attention to a ribbon sale1 had an attractive window display constructed as follows3 ,it consisted of a painted representation of ,minnehaha ,falls4 ,in place of a picture of the water fall itself1 many continuous bands of various colors of ribbons passed from top to bottom1 being rapidly revolved by rollers1 one above and one below1 turned by electric motive power4 ,,chapter ,,xxi4 ,,the ,,street ,,fair4 ,the street fair is the most popular form of modern local enterprise1 and has been growing in popularity for several years4 ,,what ,,it ,,is4 ,illustration3 ,,street ,,fair ,,booth4--,brooks4 ,the street fair consists of a series of temporary booths erected on both sides of the main street of a town1 or around a central square or park1 if the town is laid out that way4 ,these booths are built at the outer edge of the sidewalk1 upon the roadway1 leaving the passageway of the sidewalk at one side and the middle of the street at the other side4 ,most booths face the street1 although often they are arranged to face both the street and the sidewalk4 ,each merchant builds his booth before his own store1 making a display of merchandise in the booth1 but selling goods only from his regular stock4 ,confectionery1 notions1 etc41 are also sold from booths4 ,at the street corners or interspersed among the booths of the merchants1 are raised platforms on which free entertainments1 such as juggling1 acrobatic acts1 legerdemain1 etc41 are given at stated intervals for the amusement of the people4 ,in connection with the street fair1 various special attractions are arranged1 a balloon ascension one day1 a parade of floats on another1 and so on1 according to the fancy or enterprise of the committee4 ,illustration3 ,,street ,,fair ,,booth4--,wietlispach4 ,,the ,,object4 ,the free street fair is intended not only to attract temporary crowds to a town1 but to make the town popular to the farming and outlying community tributary to it4 ,many farmers live within reach of two or1 perhaps1 three towns2 but the enterprising town--the one that entertains the farmers with free street fairs1 is supposed to be thereafter favored with the largest share of trade4 ,illustration3 ,,street ,,fair ,,booth4--,siemon4 ,moreover1 the street fair gives merchants an excellent opportunity to make the acquaintance of the neighboring farmers and residents of smaller1 near by towns4 ,this acquaintance ripens into a friendship and mutual respect that not only wins trade1 but holds it for all time4 ,,success ,,of ,,street ,,fairs4 ,how successful the scheme of free street fairs has been is evinced by the fact that towns which have once held this sort of entertainment are always eager to continue them the next year1 and the next--and are still holding street fairs4 ,seldom has the committee been called upon to collect a dollar of the original subscription--for the fairs pay their own way1 and only cost each merchant the expense of his individual display4 ,it is stated that no street fair has ever been a failure since the idea was first conceived1 although of course the measure of their success depends greatly upon the ability of the committee and the enterprise of the merchants in making attractive displays4 ,illustration3 ,,street ,,fair ,,booth4--,landers4 ,,advantages ,,over ,,county ,,fairs4 ,illustration3 ,,street ,,fair ,,booth4--,walthes4 ,the street fair has proved itself much superior to the old style county or state fair4 ,the people are held day and night at the door of the merchants instead of spending their time two or three miles away from town4 ,the old-style fair leaves a town deserted1 dull and forlorn4 ,trade is at a standstill1 and merchants agree it is almost as well to close their doors during fair week4 ,the street fair is a period of excitement1 hustling and constant sales for every merchant4 ,the people are forced to remain where there is a constant temptation to spend their spare cash--and of course they spend it4 ,illustration3 ,,street ,,fair ,,booth4--,wietlispach4 ,,time ,,to ,,hold ,,street ,,fairs4 ,the season of street fairs is from ,may to ,october1 although some are being held in this month of ,april in the warmer states4 ,they usually open on ,tuesday morning and end ,friday night1 although in some cases the entire week1 including ,monday and ,saturday1 is not considered too long a period for the festivities4 ,,how ,,to ,,organize ,a ,,street ,,fair4 ,first you must have a guaranteed fund4 ,this is procured as follows3 7a7 ,subscriptions from merchants2 7b7 sale of booths and privileges2 7c7 sale of advertising space on the daily souvenir programme4 ,the cost of a street fair is from #b1ejj upward1 depending on size of your town1 the amount of advertising you do1 etc4 ,illustration3 ,,street ,,fair ,,booth4--,hastings4 ,you will need a large number of committees to properly handle your street fair4 ,one object of having a great many committees is to give every business man in town something to do in connection with the fair1 so that those who are inclined to grow lukewarm will1 of necessity1 be compelled to take continued interest in the forthcoming fair4 ,furthermore1 there are too many details connected with the work of preparing for the fair and conducting it1 to be placed on the shoulders of one small committee4 ,accordingly1 there must be separate committees for each department of street fair work4 ,the finance committee must look after raising the money4 ,the amusement committee must see that proper attractions and amusements are provided4 ,the committee on premiums will get up the premium list1 appoint judges in the various departments and see that the awarded premiums are paid4 ,the committee on parades and special days will look after the work indicated by its title4 ,you will need also a committee on contests1 such as cake walking1 baby shows1 old violin players1 fat men's race1 greased pole climbing1 greased pig catching and such other diversions as may be introduced for local talent in addition to the attractions engaged from abroad4 ,your committee on privileges and booths will be able to render great service to the association by using proper judgment and enterprise4 ,a large revenue can be realized from the sale of booths and spaces for merry-go-rounds1 ,ferris wheels1 side shows1 etc4 ,your committee on railroads will have to look after the important work of securing special reduced rates from all points in territory tributary to your city during the continuance of the fair4 ,by appointing influential men on this committee and having them go direct to the main offices of the railroad company you will be able to secure liberal concessions in the way of reduced excursion rates that will greatly swell your attendance during the week4 ,your committee on advertising will have plenty of work to do4 ,it is a good plan to appoint the local newspaper men on this committee4 ,they will keep booming the street fair from the time that the date is fixed upon1 and will see that the field is thoroughly and constantly covered1 so far as the advertising is concerned4 ,you will also need an executive committee4 ,this committee may include all the members of the above committees1 these being only sub-committees of the executive committee1 or it may be limited1 as you think best4 ,in some cities a regular street fair company is incorporated under the laws of the state1 with a president1 board of directors1 etc4 ,this is a very good plan4 ,it gives an air of permanence to the organization and makes all the transactions of the association more business-like in character4 ,,amusements4 ,good attractions must be secured for the free entertainments4 ,do not make the mistake of hiring cheap performers1 as they will disgust your people rather than entertain them4 ,there are now a number of expert conductors1 or general managers of street fairs1 who hire their services to committees and advise the townsmen in all details4 ,these men1 having had ample experience1 are very useful to committees and often insure the success of the fair4 ,when there is no resident of your town available who has a genius for carrying out such enterprises1 the employment of an expert director is advised4 ,in this case it is better to secure your man in the beginning1 as he can then assist in organizing the entire festival4 ,,prominent ,,details4 ,r4 ,j4 ,mc,donald1 who is an authority on street fairs1 gives the following excellent advice as to details3 ,illustration3 ,,street ,,fair ,,booth4--,boyer4 ,illustration3 ,,state ,,fair ,,booth4--,anthter4 ,illustration3 ,,street ,,fair ,,arch4 ,illustration3 ,,general ,,view ,,of ,,the ,,belville1 ,,ill41 ,,street ,,fair4 ,illustration3 ,,general ,,view ,,of ,,the ,,staunton1 ,,va41 ,,street ,,fair4 ,the first step is to interest the city authorities1 the manufacturing dealers of all lines1 and the citizens in general4 ,then1 in order1 follow the securing of the necessary subscriptions1 concessions from all lines of transportation and many other sources1 advertising1 newspaper work1 billing the country for at least #bjj miles in all directions1 daily souvenir programme1 the formation of the different committees1 arranging street parades daily1 securing the use of vacant grounds for the erection of booths for the merchants and manufacturing displays1 for a ,midway inclosure1 space for lease to venders of all kinds4 ,then comes the famous ,midway1 which1 without doubt1 will be the most attractive feature of the street fair4 ,who can forget ,chicago in #ahic1 and the people of all nations8 ,for this feature some large traveling street fair combination should be secured--one which will have all the features which go to make up a successful ,midway4 ,you would also need tents for the press and visitors1 one large tent for dining hall--would advise that this be in charge of1 and under the management of some congregation--,german and ,irish villages1 with the native dance and the ,irish piper to warm the hearts of their countrymen1 also two or three free exhibitions1 which should be the best in ,america4 ,now1 to make the fair a success1 the writer would advise making concessions to some charitable institution or some good cause2 then you get the ladies1 clergy and press with you1 and if you can do this1 it is sure to be a grand success4 ,the fair must be advertised largely1 like a circus1 special rates on all lines of transportation4 ,every day must be a special day4 ,a different parade1 finishing at the entrance to the fair1 should be held every afternoon--never in the morning4 ,there should be a military day for the entertainment of the soldiers of the civil war1 both union and confederate1 the soldiers of the ,spanish-,philippine war1 also a school children's day4 ,this being campaign year1 would advise a democratic and republican day1 and invite some of the most prominent speakers of the country1 candidates for office1 etc4 ,i would also advise a public marriage on one of the days1 and each afternoon or evening a genuine old-fashioned cake walk1 combined with fireworks and an abundance of good music4 ,a floral parade1 properly handled1 with a popular lady citizen as queen1 would be the strongest feature of the week1 and would draw thousands of strangers to any city4 ,this part of the entertainment will require some one with experience to handle1 if it is to be a success4 ,,floats4 ,during street fairs1 as well as the ordinary country fairs1 industrial parades are frequent1 and often the decorator is puzzled how to construct an effective float4 ,we show several pictures of floats in the late ,milwaukee industrial parade4 ,the booth was built upon a large wagon truck and had a latticed roof4 ,the lower sides of the booth hung over the wheels and were elaborately pleated and puffed4 ,fancy groceries were shown in the float1 and maidens1 dressed to represent the southern climes from whence the goods came1 were seated on each of the sides4 ,illustration ,illustration ,illustration3 ,,parade ,,float--8,,the ,,seasons40--,goldsman4 ,eight horses1 caparisoned in white1 with large plumes on their heads1 were attached to the float1 and each horse was led by a groom in fancy dress4 ,this float was one of the most successful in the parade4 ,one of the most novel floats ever constructed was that of ,mr4 ,mahana1 shown herewith4 ,it was shaped like a large slipper1 and completely covered the wagon truck on which it was placed4 ,silver foil covered the entire surface1 and around the edge1 or sole1 was an ornamental border in white and gold4 ,underneath the big umbrella sat a bevy of pretty girls4 ,illustration ,in our first picture is shown a clothing float1 the star and crescent being adopted as the design4 ,although somewhat crudely carried out1 the idea is a good one4 ,while only one coat was shown on each side of the star1 the float attracted much attention4 ,the ,mercantile ,co4's float1 was part of a floral parade4 ,float and horses were decorated in pure white1 and five young girls1 seated under the canopy1 wore flowing white draperies4 ,the relief to this was given by the mass of greenery in the interior of the float1 and by the signs1 which were lettered in emerald green4 ,,the ,,seasons4 ,this float showed on the four sides the allegorical presentations of ,spring1 ,summer1 ,autumn and ,winter4 8,no4 #a4--,spring4--,front ,section of ,float4--,arbor and arch trimmed with artificial marguerites and morning glories1 intertwined with foliage4 ,glass prisms hang suspended to represent dew drops4 8#8,spring1' draped in pure white gauze2 wings at shoulders4 ,butterflies and aigrette in the hair4 ,she is represented seated on a large mushroom 7made of a #bd-;inch chopping bowl74 ,before her are seated four large rabbits on their hind legs4 ,on the spreading limb of the tree that fronts her are perched two big crows1 a blue jay1 an oriole and two small birds1 all posed in the act of singing 7beaks high and open74 ,spring is clasping in one hand a baton and in the other a piece of music4 ,she is giving the birds and rabbits their first spring lesson4 ,this section was called #8,an ,ode to ,spring4' 8,no4 #b4--,summer4--,right ,side ,section of float4--#8,summer1' draped in light blue cheesecloth and silver tinsel4 ,on head a wreath of pink and white roses1 and on one shoulder butterflies1 on the other roses4 ,in her left hand she carries basket of roses4 ,arbor and archway are trimmed entirely with pink and white roses1 three gross being used 7artificial74 ,plums and peaches hang pendent from the top4 ,at her feet 7on the right7 crouches a large white swan4 ,at each corner of this section are two full size cranes1 three feet high4 8,no4 #c4--;,autumn4--,left ,side of ,float1 ,ceres 7,wheat74--#8,autumn' is represented by a brunette draped in corn-colored cheesecloth4 ,her long wreath is of corn flowers1 poppies and wheat4 ,on her head a wreath of poppies and wheat4 ,in her right hand she carries a sickle4 ,under her left arm she carries a loosely bound sheaf of wheat4 ,arbor and archway trimmed with poppies and wheat4 ,a dozen bunches of artificial1 full size grapes hang from top of the arbor4 ,in the growing wheat1 at each side of this section1 are two quail and two hares4 ,illustration3 ,,parade ,,float--8,,cleopatra',s ,,barge40--,lorch4 8,no4 #d4--,winter4--,rear of ,float4--,represented by a young lady draped in dark green4 ,in one hand she carries a bow1 in her belt she has an arrow4 ,her wreath for the hair is of holly berries and ivy4 ,her bower and arch are trimmed with ivy and dahlias4 ,her corsage wreath is of dahlias4 ,at her left crouches a ,texan puma1 life size2 at her right stands a full sized deer4 ,,cleopatra',s ,,barge4 ,the combination was green and pink4 ,the figurehead was relief papier mache work done in gold on bronze green ground4 ,the large leaf 7sail7 is also papier mache work4 ,close scrutiny is necessary to see the best work4 ,,patriotic ,,float4 ,the framework is light1 but substantial1 the canopy being supported by iron bars on which sleeve puffing is used4 ,these bars are turned at top and bottom1 flattened1 and furnished with screw holes4 ,the umbrella holders at the corners are made in the same way1 four handsome girls standing beneath the umbrellas4 ,quite a few goods were shown in the spaces1 and the entire effect was excellent4 ,illustration3 ,,patriotic ,,float4--,olson4 ,,original ,,street ,,fair ,,booth ,,with ,,revolving ,,illuminated ,,ball4 ,it has always been my theory--and ,i have yet to hear it successfully disputed--that it is better to have an attractive advertisement costing #a than a poor one costing twenty-five cents2 and on this hypothesis the above booth will be described4 ,the street fair is one of the best chances for advertising you will ever get4 ,your audience is not going to be the same that critically and leisurely inspected your show windows and the goods and taste displayed therein the week before4 ,it is going to be a rushing1 pushing1 good natured and sight seeing crowd4 ,it will not be one that will be critically inclined1 nor have time for minute details4 ,knowing this to be a fact1 it is 8up to you0 to get in your advertising and do it with a booth that will arrest the eye1 whether in a hurry or not4 ,here is where you can use all the loud1 flashy and contrasting colors you want4 ,illustration3 ,,bicycle ,,parade ,,float4--,softley4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,fig4 #b4 ,first you must see if your electric light company has the 8strings0 of lights 7see ,fig4 #a71 shown running from the center to corners1 on hand4 ,there are companies who keep these on hand1 with weatherproof sockets1 to be rented out for just such purposes4 ,the lights shown around the edges can be put in by any electrician at a small cost on one circuit4 ,both these and the 8strings0 are supposed to burn steadily1 and not connected to the flasher4 ,the carpenter contractor will undoubtedly put in an appearance in due time4 ,these contractors usually put up the booths for a stipulated price1 rent you the lumber and remove it when the fair is over4 ,next is the ball frame 7see ,fig4 #b74 ,this is intended to be six feet in diameter1 made of strips of wood or moulding #c inches1 soaked in hot water and bent to form4 ,the #c-;inch width is to give you a base for the lamp sockets4 ,between the six ribs shown run hogshead hoops to give fullness between the ribs shown4 ,the frame can be covered with two contrasting colors in six equal sized pieces for daylight effect1 and the colored lights will take care of this part in the evening4 ,the shaft should be of #a-;inch gas pipe4 ,having had a platform built inside the booth flush with the gables1 it will be a length equal from the floor of the platform to the peak of the roof1 plus the height of the ball and six inches for clearance4 ,have the bottom drawn to a point or filled with a pointed plug shown at ,c 7,fig4 #b71 and provide a socket bearing4 ,this bearing is intended to support the entire ball and not offer undue friction to its rotation4 ,it will also be necessary to provide an extra shield near the bottom to prevent a heavy wind forcing it out of the socket sideways4 ,at a point just under the peak of the roof1 which is also the upper bearing for the shaft1 drill two -inch holes4 ,drill two holes also at a point between the roof outside and the bottom of the ball1 shown at ,a4 ,the contact rings and brushes at ,b are fully described in detail in the ,march issue of ,the ,show ,window4 ,these will be made the same1 only larger4 ,equip the shaft with a #e-;inch grooved pulley belt direct to the countershaft of your flasher1 and it will run about thirty revolutions per minute4 ,illustration3 ,,parade ,,float4--,bittman4 ,illustration3 ,,parade ,,floats4--,brown4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c4 ,the shield shown in ,fig4 #c is made of tin or painted pasteboard1 and will be found absolutely necessary to keep rain out of all sockets pointing outward from a point above the center of the ball4 ,if water was to get in between the socket and lamp base1 plugs will be blown faster than you can put them in4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d4 ,fig4 #e4 ,the wiring is shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,there are three circuits1 each of different color1 divided into two parts1 each half on opposite sides of ball4 ,one side of each row of lights will be coupled to a common main1 which will go inside the shaft at the upper hole and out again at the lower2 thence to the bottom ring1 which is connected to the main direct4 ,circuit ,no4 #a1 red1 goes from the first brush on the flasher to top ring and brush on the shaft and thence to the remaining sides of the two red rows4 ,circuit ,no4 #b1 white1 goes from ,no4 #b on flasher to ,no4 #b brush and ring1 thence connects to remaining sides of the two white rows4 ,circuit ,no4 #c1 green1 goes from ,no4 #c on flasher to ,no4 #c ring and brush1 thence to the remaining sides of the two green rows4 ,the other main goes to the leg of flasher direct4 ,run one wire from each main for the motor4 ,set your flasher lugs as shown in ,fig4 #e1 and the various color changes will take place1 as shown at the side of diagram in the order given4 ,after you are through with your wiring1 you will probably find your hands not in condition to hold the dainty hand of ,angelina1 and which soap fails to remove4 ,don't get scared4 ,this will probably be a combination of muriatic acid1 asphaltum and rubber4 ,they can be cleaned as follows3 ,wash first in water1 without soap1 to remove the acid4 ,next loosen the asphaltum with any kind of oil or grease4 ,lastly1 wash them with soap1 water and sawdust1 and you will be surprised to see how easily it is done when you know how4 ,illustration3 ,,decorated ,,hose ,,cart4--,kayser4 ,illustration3 ,,parade ,,float4--,designer ,unknown4 ,illustration3 ,,st4 ,,valentine',s ,,display4--,baker4 ,illustration3 ,,st4 ,,valentine',s ,,display4--,herr4 ,,chapter ,,xxii4 ,,displays ,,for ,,easter4 ,easter is especially the season for artistic decoration1 and no ,american holiday1 save ,christmas1 receives so much attention in decoration from our merchants4 ,it comes after a season of comparative dullness1 and as it is a time of joy and brightness1 of full purses and generous hearts1 extraordinary efforts are made to delight the public with gorgeous and pretty displays1 and to tempt the good folks to purchase liberally all those knick-knacks and articles of apparel of which orthodox church members have denied themselves during the penitential days of lent4 ,if the campaign is well managed1 ,easter should be a bounteous harvest to every merchant4 ,think of all the bonnets1 gloves1 laces1 shoes1 ribbons1 silks1 satins and furbelows the ladies will require to 8look sweet0 during the ,easter sermon2 all the hats1 neckwear1 handkerchiefs1 shoes1 striped trousers1 walking sticks and spring overcoats the gentlemen must have to fit themselves as escorts for the charming sex2 all the rich foodstuffs that will be eaten off pretty linen and dishes during the ,easter dinner2 all the floral offerings and boutonnieres that will spend their fragrance to droop and wither in a day6 ,some one will sell all these things for ,easter4 ,what will your share be8 ,the answer depends much on the value of your window display as an attraction and salesman4 ,of course you wish to do your best4 ,you are in business to sell goods--to take advantage of just such warm occasions as ,easter4 ,,the ,,easter ,,lily4 ,easter is the season of flowers4 ,all flowers are allowable4 ,white are preferable4 ,but don't use white flowers exclusively1 for they will give a funereal air to the entire display4 ,use lilies1 both calla and ,easter lilies1 and with them mingle roses1 tulips and hyacinths1 taking care to employ plenty of greenery1 vines and leaves4 ,illustration ,the lily is an emblem of ,easter4 ,make your ,easter lilies of mammoth proportions for centerpieces or corner pieces4 ,this may be done by forming them out of cardboard1 which may be covered with white surah silk1 cheesecloth or white tissue paper4 ,a good sized lily of this variety may be made by cutting sugar barrel hoops into quarter sections1 as seen in the diagram1 and fastening six pieces firmly together at one end4 ,then cut six petals from heavy cardboard and fasten to each hoop1 on the outside4 ,a similar piece is placed inside1 and the edges glued or sewed together4 ,the bit of hoop is then hidden1 but forms a rib to hold the leaf in place4 ,place some puffed tissue in the center1 if the center shows1 and wind the lower end with cloth1 after attaching the stem4 ,sometimes a doll is seen peeping from inside the mammoth lily2 sometimes a nest of eggs or a brood of chicks is placed in the center4 ,this depends upon the character of your theme4 ,illustration3 ,,easter ,,displays4--,stetlar4 ,illustration3 8,,the ,,easter ,,anthem40--,butement4 ,if the lily alone is shown stamens must protrude from the center of the leaves1 and these are made by covering insulating wires with chrome yellow silk and placing a small yellow ball at the end of each stamen4 ,,the ,,calla ,,lily4 ,the calla is a beautiful lily1 and is used profusely for ,easter decorations4 ,it is quite easily made in any desired size by following the method shown in the diagram4 ,take an oblong sheet of cardboard1 indicated by the dotted lines 7,fig4 #a71 and bend it over 7,fig4 #b7 to form a sort of cornucopia with a projecting corner4 ,fasten the curled edges with glue or brass paper fasteners1 and then form the projecting corner into an imitation of the curled end of the leaf in a natural lily4 ,this may be quickly done by rolling it with your fingers4 ,a single yellow stamen1 rather thick1 must project from the center1 rising a little above the edges of the leaf4 ,now fasten on your stem1 and the lily is complete4 ,large sizes should be covered with cloth4 ,in small1 natural sized lilies the white cardboard is a good representation of the leaf4 ,good effects are obtained by planting these artificial lilies in flower pots and placing these also in jardinieres4 ,they appear more natural when shown in this way1 but then leaves must be made to complete the plant4 ,illustration ,,floral ,,emblems4 ,the cross is the principal emblem of ,easter1 and is used in connection with many displays1 being suitable for any line of merchandise4 ,to be most effective it should be a floral cross1 and may be formed from natural or artificial flowers4 ,however1 natural flowers are so scarce in most towns1 and artificial flowers so inexpensive1 that we need consider only the latter4 ,of these1 violets are easily procurable1 and are pretty and appropriate4 ,festoons1 or bunches of them1 always brighten a display4 ,such set pieces as the cross1 crown1 star1 the 8gates ajar0 may be covered with masses of mixed flowers1 in which the tint of the violet predominates1 and the purity of the ,easter or calla lily affords a soothing relief4 ,wire netting1 supported by a light framework of thin lumber1 is the ground for all these floral emblems4 ,the mesh should be much smaller than it is drawn in the accompanying design1 for there is only need of space to push the stem through4 ,begin at one end1 thrust a flower through the netting so that it covers the edge1 and wind a thread around the stem from the back of the netting4 ,when the next flower is placed in position and the thread given a turn around it1 both flowers are firmly fastened4 ,one thread unwound from the spool as needed1 will fasten the entire design securely4 ,floral emblems made in this way are remarkably light in weight1 and may be suspended in the window or placed in any desired position4 ,illustration3 ,,easter ,,design4 ,illustration3 ,,easter ,,display4--,hannaford4 ,illustration3 ,,easter ,,display4--,hannaford4 ,illustration ,,easter ,,eggs4 ,easter would not be ,easter without eggs1 and therefore eggs will be used in many window designs4 ,mammoth eggs may be constructed and decorated in a hundred different ways4 ,the mechanical egg1 which opens into two or four parts1 is old but always attractive4 ,a clever idea is to build several large eggs1 over light wood or wire framework1 break in the front sides and show a recess in each egg in which is a 8nest0 of the goods you wish to call attention to4 ,white paper cambric--the shiny side out--is the best representation of an egg shell4 ,cut small price cards the shape of eggs1 and place them in your ,easter display2 or use real eggs1 with the prices neatly painted upon them4 ,another idea is to blow out the insides of a number of eggs1 run a thread through them and suspend them in your window at different heights4 ,or1 cover your window floor with hay1 to represent a hay mow1 and put nests of decorated or dyed eggs here and there4 ,or1 make a mammoth egg of papier mache 7or a framework71 covered with cloth1 and use it for the center of your window4 ,this may be made to open by dividing it into sections which are hinged a short distance from the bottom1 and connecting each section with a string running to a main cord4 ,a boy can operate it from back of the window1 or it may be connected with a motor4 ,put a prettily dressed baby doll1 or a chicken1 in the center of the egg4 ,,rabbits ,,and ,,chicks4 ,illustration ,a simple way to make these1 in any desired size1 is to cut from heavy cardboard or thin lumber the outline of the rabbit or chicken4 ,then cut cloth1 to extend one-fifth beyond the edge of the outline 7see dotted lines71 leaving more margin where the body is thickest4 ,glue or tack the edges1 and stuff with cotton or excelsior1 as shown in the end section4 ,paint in eyes1 etc41 and color with water colors4 ,,the ,,mechanical ,,lily4 ,to render an ,easter lily mechanical1 so that the petals will open and close1 a small circle of wood is securely fastened to the standard rising from the floor4 ,each leaf 7there should be six7 is then hinged to this circular piece1 a few inches from the lower end of the leaf4 ,at the extreme lower point of each leaf is now fastened a cord1 and all the cords are gathered into one a short distance down4 ,run the main cord through the floor of your window and attach it to the pivot of your water wheel4 ,as the cord is drawn downward the leaves all close2 when it is released the leaves open by their own weight4 ,in the center of the lily may be placed any design or arrangement of goods4 ,sometimes the figure of a doll clinging to a cross is used4 ,,easter ,,designs4 ,the reader will find here a collection of beautiful designs for ,easter displays1 all being photographed from life4 ,these will all be useful in conveying ideas for the arrangement of your own displays4 ,it should be borne in mind that no window display can be accurately reproduced2 yet often you will find a way to improve upon the suggestion offered you4 ,,chapter ,,xxiii4 ,,memorial ,,day ,,displays4 ,a pretty custom it is to set apart one day in memory of our nation's fallen heroes1 and ,may #cj is always held in loving1 if sad1 remembrance by our people4 ,much advice has been offered in past years concerning the appropriate decorations for this day4 ,some favor depicting the joy and triumph resulting from our wars1 and the glory of a life given for the nation's defense4 ,others see the sadness of mourning friends only1 and think the flower strewn grave the best recognition of the day4 ,so the matter of design must be left to the taste and disposition of the decorator4 ,it is well1 however1 to bear in mind that mixed with the sorrow of the people is a strain of pride and exaltation that their loved ones died so nobly and heroically4 ,flowers in profusion should be used1 and the national colors are not inappropriate4 ,since our late wars there are more soldiers' and sailors' graves to decorate than ever before1 and a new interest in ,memorial day has been aroused4 ,therefore the wise merchant1 who persistently caters to the moods and whims of the great public1 will see that his show windows pay a fitting tribute to the occasion4 ,a ,,floral ,,flag4 ,a national flag composed of flowers is made by running wires across a frame for stripes and pinning red and white flowers to them4 ,wire netting does nicely for this purpose1 and if natural flowers are not available1 red1 white and blue artificial flowers may readily be procured4 ,,ribbon ,,flags4 ,another way to make a flag is to use ribbon for the stripes and puffed blue silk with white knots of baby ribbon for the stars4 ,i have seen some handsome flags made entirely of baby ribbons4 ,you can make red1 white and blue backgrounds by using these colors of ,velvelette1 which is easily applied4 ,velvelette is a 8flock0 which comes in various colors and can be had at paint stores4 ,,illustrations4 ,the illustrations accompanying this chapter are appropriate designs for ,memorial ,day4 ,by studying them you will get ideas for your own display1 the details being readily carried out through the instructions furnished in the opening chapters of this book4 ,,fourth ,,of ,,july ,,display4 ,trimmers will find no difficulty in securing appropriate subjects for ,independence ,day1 as our recent history abounds in striking incidents4 ,but it must not be forgotten that ,july #d is dedicated to the heroes of the revolution and to the signers of the ,declaration of ,independence4 ,illustration3 ,,memorial ,,day ,,window4--,tobias4 ,illustration3 ,,memorial ,,day ,,window4 ,illustration3 ,,memorial ,,day ,,window4--,feckenscher4 ,illustration3 ,,memorial ,,day ,,display4--,eman4 ,illustration3 ,,memorial ,,day ,,window4--,cornwell4 ,for this reason ,july #dth is the great patriotic occasion and the national colors1 the national flag and shield and the national heroes are appropriately employed for decoration4 8,the ,spirit of the ,times0 and 8,the ,birth of the ,flag10 are grand subjects for window display1 and both of these we illustrate4 ,other window trims of a patriotic character also accompany this chapter4 ,,example ,,of ,,patriotic ,,display4 ,illustration3 ,,front ,,view ,,of ,,patriotic ,,display4 ,many people1 ,i know1 place an electric fan where its powerful breeze moves the flag in quick waves2 but after all1 that is not a natural method of waving 8,old ,glory40 ,the sweep of the flag pole itself in a semi-circle is the proper method of waving the star spangled banner1 and this effect may easily be procured in a show window4 ,illustration ,in the first illustration is a large frame of red1 white and blue1 in the center being a battleship1 or whatever else your fancy may dictate for a trim4 ,you can make this frame and keep it to inclose various incidents of the war as they may occur4 ,the section of frame marked 8white0 is beveled1 or placed on an incline1 to better carry out the effect of a picture frame4 ,above your picture three flags are naturally and continually waved1 and the effect is well worth the slight trouble required to produce it4 ,illustration3 8#dth ,,of ,,july0 ,,window4--,morton4 ,illustration3 ,,july #d,,th ,,display4--,goldsman4 ,illustration3 ,,july #d,,th ,,display4--,goldsman4 ,illustration3 ,,patriotic ,,window4--,mc,elwain4 ,illustration3 ,,patriotic ,,display4--,cornwell4 ,illustration3 ,,patriotic ,,display4--,weber4 ,illustration3 ,,patriotic ,,display4--,mueller4 ,the second illustration1 which is the rear plan1 explains the waving of the flags4 ,three circular slots 7#c7 are cut in the frame1 through which the flag staffs 7#b7 are placed4 ,these are weighted at the ends 7#g7 to make them balance4 ,place the pulleys 7#d7 as shown in the cut1 and run a cord over the pulleys connecting with the flags4 ,opposite each connection place a rubber cord or weak spring1 fastened to the framework in such a position that as the cord slacks it will pull the flag to the opposite side4 ,the pin and block 7#e7 for the flag to work on should be loose enough for free motion4 ,the wheel 7#f7 gives the motion to the cord1 and is operated by a small motor4 ,the apparatus is very easily constructed1 and works perfectly4 ,in front of the picture place stacks of arms and a cannon1 to fill in the foreground4 ,the cannon is made as follows3 ,cover a frame with oilcloth or carpet paper and apply black or yellow cloth or paint1 to make it resemble iron or brass4 ,,thanksgiving ,,displays4 ,while much labor1 time and expense is devoted to ,christmas windows the trimmer often neglects his ,thanksgiving displays4 ,for this reason hardly anything strictly new is ever seen on this occasion4 ,as a matter of fact1 it is much easier to scheme for ,christmas than for ,thanksgiving displays1 as the trimmer has a greater variety of attractive material for his work at his disposal and more liberal allowances are made on his employer's side for the occasion4 ,yet we can without any great expenditure produce many attractive and new ,thanksgiving displays4 ,winter scenes of different character can easily1 quickly and economically be gotten up and are very adaptable4 ,on ,thanksgiving ,day we have usually snowy1 wintry weather2 should it happen1 however1 that this year this is not the case1 do not let the weather interfere with your work4 ,thanksgiving ,day being the opening day of the season a winter scene is always appropriate1 very effective and makes a winning1 pleasing impression upon the passerby4 ,illustration3 ,,thanksgiving ,,display4--,green4 ,if your window is large enough you may construct a pretty background by building mountains1 partly covered with snow4 ,take old dry goods boxes of various sizes and pile them up in an irregular fashion so as to form the shape of mountains4 ,a few boards and strips will also be required to obtain the desired effect4 ,cover this frame with carpet paper1 that the hills1 rocks and earth will be properly represented4 ,take care to hide the edges of the paper4 ,heavy old packing canvas may be used instead of paper1 if you have it4 ,cover the paper or canvas with cheap water color1 consisting of black and white mixed with a little umber brown1 to give it the proper color4 ,you do not need to be much of an artist to do this work4 ,after it is painted cover the tops of the hills1 the gullies and the floor with cotton1 in such manner as to imitate snow4 ,place the display in the back and sides of the window1 so as to leave floor space in front4 ,from the upper parts of the mountains have a little brook or rill run down till it reaches a pond of water at the bottom4 ,the pond is made by placing on the floor a flat wash tub1 having a hole in the bottom connected with a waste pipe4 ,the outside of the tub1 up to the edge1 must be hidden with rocks and snow1 and the inside should be painted a brownish green4 ,put a few pebbles in it to cover the bottom4 ,the brook can be arranged by using a runway of tin1 painted brown1 which must be bent into an irregular course1 and follow the shape of the mountains4 ,one or two pretty cascades may be made by allowing the water to fall a few inches from one trough to another4 ,place small stones and snow at the edges to give it a natural effect4 ,the water may be supplied from a barrel set up in the back of the window1 or by a connection with water works4 ,a few dry branches placed here and there will represent trees4 ,a red incandescent light behind the top of the highest mountain will give a very pretty effect to the scene1 as it will look like the sun setting or a volcanic mountain4 ,the cotton1 or snow1 will almost appear as on fire4 ,to complete the picture scatter some diamond dust over the cotton to make it sparkle like snow4 ,some rabbits in the foreground1 a form dressed as a hunter1 etc41 are additions which will suggest themselves to a trimmer able to procure them4 ,put a few goods at the front of the window and don't forget the price cards4 ,illustration ,for a thanksgiving scene paint a background on cloth1 showing a farm1 with barn1 rail-fence1 trees1 etc41 in the distance4 ,from this background a block of turkeys is seen marching forward like a file of soldiers4 ,all this is painted4 ,the real scene now begins4 ,show the corner of a house at one side1 and a farmer's form with axe in hand1 beside a stump4 ,two or three dead turkeys 7real ones7 are lying near1 their heads severed from their bodies4 ,red paint upon the axe and stump will show the slaughter is real4 ,the first turkey on the painted scene could bear a placard reading1 8,we are ready for you10 or 8,a ,sacrifice of the ,innocents10 or something similar4 ,illustration ,be sure the bottom edge of the scene is covered by cotton1 branches1 or stones1 so that the painted scene will blend into the real one4 ,,the ,,turkey4 ,the ,turkey being the natural emblem of ,thanksgiving ,day we show a most beautiful bird of this species created from linens4 ,we print herewith a cut of the framework1 showing how to construct the foundation4 ,the tail is made separate from the body and fastened on with screw hooks1 so that it may be handled easily2 #aid doilies were used in the covering4 ,a good idea would be to place a sign on the turkey reading3 8,good to eat off40 ,illustration3 8,,the ,,thanksgiving ,,turkey40--,softley4 ,illustration3 ,,framework ,,of ,,turkey4 ,,christmas ,,displays4 ,it has been estimated that the value of the merchandise disposed of during ,december is equal to that sold during the other eleven months of the year4 ,it is no wonder1 then1 that active preparations have been made for months in advance to take care of the holiday trade to the best advantage4 ,,the ,,merchant',s ,,duty4 is to provide for his window display on an elaborate scale4 ,no notion of false economy should be allowed to interfere with the attractiveness of his displays4 ,he must remember that his trimmer has the brains and skill to create beautiful effects1 but is powerless without the material to work with4 ,to be economical--let us speak plainly1 and say stingy--in supplying your decorator with material will lose you more trade than you can afford to spare4 ,if your competitor's display is better than yours the reason will probably be that he has been more liberal than you in providing proper material for display4 ,you can't afford to allow any one to outdo you in window display in these days preceding the holidays1 when most of the shoppers depend upon the windows to guide them in purchasing4 ,,the ,,trimmer',s ,,duty during this important season is to exercise his talents to his employer's best advantage4 ,he has doubtless been planning original displays for months in advance1 and if his house affords him proper scope and material he should strive to outdo all former efforts to win trade for the firm that pays him his salary in dull months1 as well as busy ones4 ,don't worry about working over time2 the entire force must be too much interested in the success of the house to grumble about work4 ,and do not expect your employer to allow you a greater expenditure than the size of your town or the importance of the house renders necessary4 ,make your windows as attractive as possible at the smallest outlay of money that may be required1 and in this way consider the interests of your firm4 ,a ,,christmas ,,mantel4 ,accompanying this is a picture of a ,christmas mantel and fireplace1 created entirely from underwear4 ,a light frame of wood was first erected1 and the underwear piled before it4 ,upon the shelf were pieces of bric-a-brac4 ,illustration ,illustration3 ,,doll ,,display4--,tobias4 ,illustration3 ,,doll ,,display4--,wiseman4 ,illustration3 8,,the ,,doll',s ,,theatre40--,tobias4 ,illustration3 ,,doll ,,display4--,moss4 ,illustration3 ,,doll ,,display4--,barker4 ,illustration3 ,,christmas ,,display4 ,illustration3 ,,toy ,,display4--,moss4 ,illustration3 ,,toy ,,display4--,morton4 ,illustration3 ,,christmas ,,display4--,urbaneck4 ,illustration3 ,,christmas ,,display4--,jungblut4 ,illustration3 8,,christmas ,,morning40--,boyd4 ,illustration3 8,,christmas ,,eve40--,engle4 ,illustration3 ,,christmas ,,window4--,brink4 ,illustration3 ,,santa ,,claus ,,grotto1 ,,interior ,,display4--,morton4 ,illustration3 ,,santa ,,claus ,,grotto1 ,,interior ,,display4--,shogran4 ,,santa ,,claus' ,,cave4 ,this picture illustrates a stalactite cave1 which is rendered even more attractive by a background showing the northern lights1 and constantly changing by means of an automatic device4 ,the lights are painted on an ordinary drop curtain1 before which at a distance of three feet was placed a tarletan curtain to lend the effect of distance4 ,the back scene is lighted by twelve border lights that flash automatically every minute4 ,the front is also lighted by concealed incandescents which flash when the back lights are turned off4 ,the stalactites used are hexagon in shape4 ,they are cotton batting1 and covered with ground frosting4 ,the lightning was effected by rollers and an alternating current4 ,the display was ten feet deep1 thirteen feet high and sixteen feet wide4 ,illustration3 ,,santa ,,claus' ,,cave4--,goldsman4 ,,christmas ,,displays4 ,we show in this connection several excellent designs for ,christmas window displays1 all of which have been used successfully4 ,the methods of constructing these displays the reader has already been instructed upon4 ,at once you will see what framework is required and how it must be covered and decorated4 ,of course any window shown can be adapted to any sized window1 and many of the illustrations can doubtless be improved upon when the idea is once presented to your mind4 ,,chapter ,,xxiv4 ,,interior ,,decorations4 ,illustration3 ,,interior ,,decorations4--,mitchell4 ,illustration3 ,,interior ,,decorations4--,shogran4 ,illustration3 ,,interior ,,arch4--,morton4 ,illustration3 ,,interior ,,arch4--,morton4 ,illustration3 ,,interior4--,morton4 ,illustration3 ,,interior ,,decoration4--,meyers4 ,illustration3 ,,interior4 ,illustration3 ,,interior4--,crossley4 ,illustration3 ,,interior ,,decoration4--,langhanke4 ,illustration3 ,,cosy ,,corner4--,welch4 ,illustration3 ,,interior--,,cornucopia4--,softley4 ,illustration3 8,,the ,,coming ,,year0--,,interior ,,decoration4--,hyslop4 ,illustration3 8,,the ,,coming ,,year0--,,interior ,,decoration4--,hyslop4 ,illustration3 ,,interior ,,easter ,,decoration4--,goldsman4 ,interior display should be simple1 harmonious1 artistic4 ,don't attempt to bewilder your customers4 ,a woman in search of an apron shies from a great bunch of aprons swung from the ceiling1 but is attracted by a single apron tastefully displayed4 ,so it is with all goods4 ,the day has gone by in the dry goods business when a few dummies1 draped with dress goods and placed upon the ledge1 will suffice4 ,something more attractive is required4 ,ladies especially like to see pretty goods1 and will invariably do their purchasing where goods are brought out and displayed in an attractive manner4 ,some firms have objected to interior trimming1 believing that it requires too many goods to make an effective trim1 thus robbing the stocks4 ,this1 however1 is a gross mistake1 as we know from experience that pretty1 effective trims may be made with the use of comparatively few goods4 ,one idea which has found favor among trimmers is that of dividing off a ledge 7where there is one of considerable length7 into booths1 by the use of draperies1 and in each of these displaying different lines of goods4 ,this is perhaps one of the easiest effective trims which may be put up1 but where time and space will permit we would suggest that the trimmer get up some sort of framework or something on which a few goods may be displayed in such a manner as to show them off to the best possible advantage4 ,admitting all the benefits of good advertising--and surely there are no enterprising merchants in these days who do not admit them--it only remains to choose the best methods4 ,the simple display of a bolt of goods is an advertisement1 but a weak one4 ,how much more effective that same piece of goods would become if spread out1 or draped1 or made into some shape that would mean something1 create a mental picture1 and leave an impression on the memory4 ,a little ingenuity1 a little taste1 an idea of the harmony of colors can do wonders in the interior of any store1 no matter what the character of the stock may be1 or its quality or quantity4 ,the thing to do is to let your goods tell some clear1 legible story that shall be as plain to your customers as was the handwriting on the wall of ,belshazzar's palace to ,daniel1 the prophet4 ,aside from printer's ink and show window displays1 there is no better advertising1 and it costs very little4 ,it would seem as though dress goods might afford the very best opportunities for making an attractive interior display4 ,it is1 however1 a fact that ordinarily this important line is shown to the worst possible advantages4 ,one often sees an effort made at display by piling up a lot of bright goods on the end of a counter1 and by filling a top shelf with pretty folds of goods2 but no attractive effects are obtained4 ,the risk of soiling expensive fabrics is of course one reason why a better show is not made1 but with a little care1 a little ingenuity and more or less trouble to make frequent changes of goods1 an exceedingly handsome display can be made and run no risk whatever4 ,,ledges4 ,i show in this connection a large number of ledge displays1 which will serve as examples of what may be done in this style of decoration4 ,illustration ,illustration3 ,,ledge ,,display4--,raux4 ,illustration3 ,,ledge ,,display4--,daniels4 ,illustration3 ,,ledge ,,display4--,pontious4 ,illustration3 ,,ledge ,,display4--,urbom4 ,illustration3 ,,ledge ,,display4--,carson4 ,illustration3 ,,ledge ,,display4--,williams4 ,illustration3 ,,ledge ,,display4--,stritt4 ,illustration3 ,,ledge ,,display4--,bittman4 ,the trimmer should always keep in mind the season for which he is trimming1 and trim accordingly4 ,make your spring trim light and airy4 ,your summer trim should be the lightest of the year1 to give your store a cool appearance4 ,your fall trim should be of filled up1 stocky effect1 and your ,christmas trim as gay and elaborate as possible4 ,illustration ,illustration ,the ledge displays herewith presented illustrate some of the best methods of decoration and will convey many valuable ideas4 ,the accompanying cut shows an arrangement in which linens are used in connection with china and lamps1 making a very attractive display4 ,in this ledge display1 the arches1 six in number1 were puffed in white cheesecloth1 the edge being trimmed with coiled crepe paper of a dark green shade4 ,the six arches represented three departments1 the first two silks1 the next two linens1 the others dress goods4 ,the wall1 back of the arches1 was covered with lace curtains4 ,palms were placed at intervals between the arches1 and the goods were as carefully displayed as if they were in a show window4 ,the framework of the arches were built of light strips4 ,the entire display was imposing and attractive4 ,illustration ,illustration ,,show ,,case ,,displays4 ,illustration3 ,,show ,,case ,,displays4 ,i wish to call the attention of my readers to the desirability of trimming their show-cases artistically1 and the cut we show of a show-case trim is an example of what may be done in that line4 ,the goods shown are laces1 trimmings1 handkerchiefs1 and gloves1 and the beauty of the display attracted the eye of many customers of the store and induced them to examine and purchase the goods4 ,illustration ,a neatly decorated show-case is shown in the picture4 ,the festooning of ribbons against the back adds much to the beauty of the display1 which is as carefully arranged as if in a window4 ,,chapter ,,xxv4 ,,some ,,miscellaneous ,,displays4 ,,odd ,,fellows ,,arch4 ,illustration ,the accompanying illustration is an arch erected in honor of the order of ,odd ,fellows1 and is a clever conception well carried out4 ,the three links were puffed over a heavy cardboard and edged with twisted draping cord4 ,the arch also was panelled with this cord4 ,the letters 8,f4 ,l4 ,t40 were suspended within the links by invisible wires4 ,as this arch was in connection with an excellent display it attracted much attention and assisted to sell many goods4 ,illustration ,a holiday interior pyramid is here shown4 ,such a display in a store during the busy season is sure to win trade4 ,,an ,,oriental ,,display4 ,we reproduce on the next page four views of an oriental display recently made in the windows of ,john ,wanamaker1 of ,new ,york ,city1 by ,leon ,f4 ,rubens4 ,illustration3 ,,mr4 ,,rubens' ,,oriental ,,display4 ,the conditions unfortunately prohibited taking a satisfactory photograph1 as the trim occupied the space of four panes1 widely divided by architectural iron work4 ,the problem of a successful display was thereby complicated somewhat1 as it was really necessary to make four separate 8pictures10 having the effect of one when seen from across the street4 ,mr4 ,wanamaker's windows are of ancient style1 set high up and being very narrow4 ,in a window containing entirely oriental goods the richness of coloring is one of the main attractions1 and in a photographic reproduction this gorgeousness of color effect is entirely lost2 still one can imagine1 in looking at the pictures of this display1 that the color harmony must have been fully equal to the masterly arrangement of the goods4 ,no very expensive goods were used1 and the trim is constructed without framework or special fixtures4 ,illustration ,,unique ,,rug ,,display4 ,a very artistic arrangement of rugs is shown4 ,a series of large tubes were made of carpet paper1 and over them were pinned rugs of various sizes4 ,these tubes or pillars were then stacked in an artistic group and stuffed birds and ornaments placed upon the tops4 ,,ribbon ,,star4 ,illustration3 ,,ribbon ,,star4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,trimmings4 ,framework of flat sticks1 as used in window shades2 height of star1 five feet2 composed entirely of numerous solid color ribbons1 edged with ,roman stripe ribbon1 to give a neat finish4 ,ribbons were not cut but folded back of star which was covered at completion of trim with white cheesecloth4 ,background1 pure white curtains4 ,this was an 8overhead trim0 at the ribbon counter1 and attracted quite a little attention4 ,a ,,display ,,of ,,trimmings4 ,a circular arch is covered with elaborate designs1 and the figures in the center show the proper application of the trimming4 ,a ,,trolley ,,car4 ,illustration ,here is a reproduction of a trolley car1 trimmed entirely with handkerchiefs4 ,the details of the car1 including brake1 controller and bell rope1 are well carried out1 and the car stands upon its own rail and sleepers4 ,the car was first built of wood1 and covered with white cloth1 after which the handkerchiefs were pinned on4 ,,skirt ,,display4 ,in the accompanying sketch is presented the production of a design which deserves a place here for a double reason1 because it is not only an artistic effort1 but eminently practical and easy of imitation in a store of moderate dimensions4 ,the figure is nothing more than the many you use from time to time in your suit and cloak windows4 ,for the many who are not so lucky to have whole forms you can use the bust forms by placing them on a box until you get the required height4 ,if you have no hands use the ones you have at the glove department displaying gloves4 ,in order to have the hands and arms support the skirt you must put a crutch under them4 ,this is not seen1 and helps to keep the skirt in an even position4 ,illustration ,a window so displayed would1 ,i believe1 make a hit1 as it is one of the best ways of displaying skirts in an artistic way4 8,,miss ,,modesty40 ,while this display called attention to the fact that corsets are part of women's underwear1 and therefore might be called immodest for that reason1 still it suggests a good idea for decorating with these goods4 ,illustration3 8,,miss ,,modesty40 ,,fountain ,,display4 ,the 8,fountain of ,chiffon0 is cleverly conceived and executed1 and is thus described by the artist3 8,size of window1 width1 nine feet2 height1 seven feet six inches2 depth1 six feet2 white1 spotted allover1 net draped and festooned on canary yellow lining for background4 8,on top is placed a three-feet-high flower stand with eight pieces of millinery wire 7in two rows7 in semi-circular form1 on which are thrown eight lengths of wide silk chiffon 7colors to match ruchings71 no bluette4 8,a hoop1 five feet in diameter1 made of one-inch wood1 is attached to a standard and fastened to center of window floor4 ,white cotton covers the skeleton of the whole goblet4 ,six yards of bluette tinseled angel gauze make the vessel1 including the pillar1 and six yards more of the same material finishes the base4 ,twelve lengths 7five yards each7 of chiffon ruching1 artistically selected colors 7except bluette71 decorates the vessel1 trims in spirals the pillar1 and falls in zigzags on base4 ,five yards of six-inch guipure lace for the brim4 ,illustration3 ,,fountain ,,display4 8,between each two pieces of chiffon are arranged white ospreys4 ,five lengths of white narrow silk chiffon are representing streams overflowing brim of basin and falling to ground40 ,,millinery ,,arch4 8,size of window4--,width1 #i feet2 height1 #g feet #f inches2 depth1 #f feet4 ,size of arch4--,width1 #g feet2 height1 #g feet #d inches2 depth1 #e feet4 ,size of columns1 including base1 shaft and capital1 #d feet #d inches4 ,size of base1 #ab #af inches2 shaft1 #b feet 7#f inches in diameter72 capital1 #ab #ab inches4 ,size of arch from line of capital to center of top1 #c feet #b inches4 ,size of arch from line of capital to center of inside line1 #a foot #h inches4 ,illustration 8,the whole is made of #a -inch wood material4 8,arch and columns1 which are one foot from glass plate1 are previously whitewashed1 and then trimmed with ,shogran puffing of white cheese cloth40 ,,brooklyn ,,bridge ,,in ,,spools4 ,on another page is an excellent picture of this successful trim4 ,the reproduction of the ,brooklyn ,bridge is so accurate that ,mr4 ,roebling would probably have been delighted had he lived to see it4 ,we furnish diagrams of the towers1 in which the dimensions are accurately given4 ,the foundations were covered with grey cotton1 to imitate stone1 and the balance of the superstructure with boxes of white4 ,various vehicles were shown upon the bridge4 ,a number of one candle power electric lights were placed upon the bridge1 and a large reflector1 which the picture does not show1 was placed in the left upper corner to represent the moon4 ,these1 and the torch held by the ,statue of ,liberty1 were the only lights shown at night1 and the effect was very beautiful4 ,there were #a1bbe dozen spools of cotton used in the construction of the bridge1 and after the display was taken out a sale was made of these--#g spools for #be;c4--and they were sold out in a hurry4 ,illustration ,the picture was enhanced by a good water scene under the bridge1 showing ships1 etc41 the water being made to move by means of a mechanical device4 ,there was a sea-wall at the rear1 made of brick paper1 cotton being used to represent foam4 ,the statue of 8,liberty ,enlightening the ,world0 was cleverly carried out4 ,the upper part was puffed with white cheesecloth4 ,a diagram explains the structure4 ,by the way1 the photograph of this window sent us was taken by electric light1 a three minutes exposure being given4 ,the picture will be seen to be perfectly free from reflections4 ,a ,,notion ,,display4 ,i offer the following suggestion for a window1 and although the central portion is alone illustrated1 and may be applied to any sort of a trim1 the general plan described will be found to harmonize with the central picture4 ,illustration3 ,,brooklyn ,,bridge ,,in ,,spool ,,cotton4--,stetler4 ,use green and yellow1 in combination1 for the wall draperies1 and drab for the floor4 ,trim1 in any manner that commends itself to you1 with handkerchiefs1 embroideries and notions1 keeping each class of articles in a separate group4 ,parasols at the front corners1 placed in fan-shaped holders1 look very well and dress a general display4 ,the central design is a man with a wheelbarrow1 and another with a scoop shovel4 ,the barrow should be loaded with notions1 laces1 handkerchiefs1 gloves1 etc4 ,this feature may be made mechanical by having the barrow rest on an iron brace just back of the wheel1 and another brace fastened to the floor and running up the pants leg of the man holding the barrow4 ,cut a slot in the floor so that the wheel of the barrow just touches an endless band beneath4 ,have the man's knees and hips jointed and connected with a rod running through another slot in the floor and connected with a wheel underneath1 so that the same motion is obtained as when a man rides a bicycle4 ,one motor will operate both the man's legs and the wheel of the barrow4 ,the floor should be strewn with the same class of goods contained in the barrow and a small heap should be just in front of the scoop shovel4 ,it would be well to have a small price card fastened to each article4 ,illustration ,,picking ,,up4 ,as a central figure for a notion display you may make a large star1 divided into five diamonds1 or points1 as shown in the picture4 ,these are each filled in with small notions1 and the remainder of the background trimmed as you please4 ,the central figure is the main point1 and gives character to any trim1 so that if you get the central idea the rest is easy4 ,two jointed1 or1 better yet1 flexible forms are needed for this window4 ,one is stooping down and picking up small notions and placing them in a basket4 ,the other form bears a mouth card1 reading1 8,how is business80 ,the stooping form replies1 by a similar mouth card1 8,picking up10 etc4 ,illustration ,,chapter ,,xxvi4 ,,practical ,,trims ,,in ,,all ,,lines4 ,i have selected as examples of good trims in every line of dry goods some of the best designs that have appeared during the past three years in the popular window-trimming journal1 ,the ,show ,window4 ,in no other place could ,i hope to find such representative work of the best decorators in ,america1 and as my selection has been made with great care1 ,i feel it is a panorama of the most artistic and practical window displays ever yet congregated for the study and consideration of the thoughtful decorator4 ,the ,show ,window is published under the auspices of ,the ,national ,association of ,window ,trimmers of ,america1 an organization that includes the most famous window trimmers in the ,united ,states and ,canada and has done more to advance decorative art in ,america than any other institution4 ,illustration ,study with care these illustrations4 ,when you wish to put in a window in any line turn to this book and select a design that pleases you4 ,erect your framework to fit your window1 making what alterations in the plan your judgment or circumstances dictate4 ,then cover with suitable material1 taking care to use harmonious combinations of colors4 ,last of all1 decorate with such goods as you have at your command4 ,you cannot fail4 ,you are sure to create an attractive display1 the qualities being of course more or less dependent upon the skill you acquire4 ,you cannot be an expert decorator the first time you try2 but you can make a successful display1 and ,i really believe that if my instructions are thoughtfully read and pondered any man of ability will be able to perfect himself in the necessary details of the art4 ,after that the matter lies within yourself4 ,if you have confidence in yourself1 energy and perseverance1 united to a fair share of heaven-born talent1 you can win your way to prosperity and fame as a professional decorator4 ,illustration ,illustration3 ,,steamboat ,,of ,,spool ,,cotton4 ,,the ,,spools ,,are ,,strung ,,on ,,wires ,,and ,,fastened ,,to ,a ,,light ,,frame ,,of ,,wood4--,murray4 ,illustration3 ,,hosiery ,,display ,,built ,,over ,,two ,,circles1 ,,one ,,placed ,,back ,,of ,,the ,,other ,,and ,,one-,,half ,,the ,,diameter ,,of ,,the ,,first4--,griffith4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,sewing ,,silks ,,strung ,,on ,,cords ,,and ,,attached ,,to ,,framework4--,ross4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,notions ,,attached ,,to ,,large ,,wooden ,,circle1 ,,the ,,face ,,of ,,which ,,is ,,puffed4 ,,circle ,,set ,,two ,,feet ,,in ,,front ,,of ,,pleated ,,background4 ,,rabbits ,,cut ,,from ,,cardboard4 ,,ship ,,of ,,spools ,,in ,,center4--,brink4 ,illustration3 ,,notion ,,display4 ,,hoops ,,are ,,used ,,for ,,frame ,,of ,,the ,,circular ,,decorations4 ,,there ,,is ,a ,,central ,,alcove ,,containing ,a ,,scene ,,with ,,dolls ,,as ,,figures4--,newerf4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,trimmings4 ,,girl',s ,,form ,,on ,,central ,,pedestal4 ,,goods ,,arranged ,,over ,,white ,,background4--,morton4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,passementeries1 ,,fastened ,,to ,,white ,,cardboard4 ,,central ,,sunburst ,,is ,,light ,,pink4--,ross4 ,illustration3 ,,ribbon ,,display4 ,,bolts ,,are ,,strung ,,on ,,heavy ,,cords4--,langhanke4 ,illustration3 ,,ribbon ,,display1 ,,draped ,,over ,,curtain ,,poles1 ,,with ,,bolts ,,at ,,the ,,bottom ,,of ,,each ,,piece4--,ross4 ,illustration3 ,,ribbon ,,display4 ,,sides ,,are ,,dummy ,,bolts ,,laid ,,upon ,,planks4 ,,central ,,canopy ,,is ,,formed ,,over ,,hoops4--,griffith4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,figured ,,ribbons1 ,,over ,,white1 ,,plain ,,background4--,richards4 ,illustration3 ,,handkerchief ,,display4 ,,cage ,,contains ,,stuffed ,,birds4 ,,the ,,bars ,,are ,,of ,,white ,,baby ,,ribbon4--,boyer4 ,illustration3 ,,handkerchief ,,display4 ,,goods ,,are ,,attached ,,to ,,cords ,,fastened ,,to ,,floor ,,and ,,ceiling4 ,,black ,,background4--,watson4 ,illustration3 ,,handkerchief ,,display4 ,,scenic ,,background4 ,,windmill ,,and ,,house ,,of ,,light ,,wood ,,covered ,,with ,,cloth1 ,,to ,,which ,,handkerchiefs ,,are ,,pinned4--,van ,derschmidt4 ,illustration3 ,,handkerchief ,,display4 ,,front ,,groups ,,are ,,upon ,,poles1 ,,having ,,electric ,,light ,,on ,,each ,,pole1 ,,surmounted ,,by ,,wire ,,circle ,,trimmed ,,with ,,handkerchiefs4--,cartwright4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,laces4--,shogran4 ,illustration3 ,,locomotive ,,trimmed ,,with ,,lace ,,and ,,embroidery1 ,,covering ,a ,,thin ,,wooden ,,framework4 ,,cab ,,and ,,smokestack ,,of ,,cardboard4--,pickett4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,second ,,week ,,of ,,this ,,display ,,the ,,locomotive ,,was ,,shown ,,in ,a ,,wrecked ,,condition1 ,,with ,a ,,card ,,announcing 8,,wrecked ,,prices40 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,lace ,,curtains ,,hung ,,over ,a ,,succession ,,of ,,horizontal ,,poles4--,morton4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,linens4--,ross4 ,illustration3 ,,linen ,,display--,,framework ,,of ,,insulated ,,wire ,,and ,,light ,,wood4--,goldsman4 ,illustration3 ,,linen ,,display4 ,,flowers ,,made ,,over ,,insulated ,,wire4--,condit4 ,illustration3 ,,linen ,,display4--,shogran4 ,illustration3 ,,linen ,,display ,,with ,,moving ,,ship4--,condit4 ,illustration3 ,,fire ,,engine ,,of ,,linens1 ,,built ,,over ,,light ,,wooden ,,frame4 ,,house ,,of ,,linens ,,in ,,background4--,condit4 ,illustration3 ,,locomotive ,,of ,,linens1 ,,on ,,track4--,coe4 ,illustration3 ,,umbrella ,,display4--,watson4 ,illustration3 ,,umbrella ,,display4--,tobias4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,infants' ,,wear--,,sunbursts ,,of ,,baby ,,ribbon4--,speed4 ,illustration3 ,,infants' ,,wear4 8,,weighing ,,the ,,baby40--,goldsman4 ,illustration3 ,,infants' ,,wear4 8,,washing ,,the ,,baby40--,goldsman4 ,illustration3 ,,infants' ,,wear4--,walker4 ,illustration3 ,,infants' ,,wear4--,spence4 ,illustration3 ,,glove ,,display4--,watson4 ,illustration3 ,,corset ,,display4 ,,mirror ,,background4--,higgins4 ,illustration3 ,,corset ,,display4 ,,shirred ,,puffing ,,on ,,background1 ,,separated ,,into ,,panels ,,by ,,rods ,,covered ,,with ,,black ,,velvet4--,mc,faddin4 ,illustration3 ,,corset ,,display--,,arranged ,,in ,,terraces4--,stetlar4 ,illustration3 ,,corset ,,display4 ,,showing ,,three ,,circles ,,of ,,graded ,,sizes ,,set ,,back ,,of ,,each ,,other ,,and ,,puffed ,,in ,,different ,,tints4--,stritt4 ,illustration3 ,,embroidery ,,silks ,,and ,,linens4--,paris4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,art ,,goods4--,warner4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,fancy ,,linens4--,stritt4 ,illustration3 ,,fancy ,,goods4--,newton4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,fancy ,,goods4--,moss4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,muslin ,,underwear4--,mc,knew4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,muslin ,,underwear4--,morton4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,muslin ,,underwear4--,walker4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,muslin ,,underwear4--,softley4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,muslin ,,underwear4--,higgins4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,silk ,,waists ,,and ,,skirts4--,higgins4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,knit ,,underwear4--,hulligan4 ,illustration3 ,,cotton ,,goods ,,display4--,hyslop4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,blankets4--,luz4 ,illustration3 ,,blanket ,,display4--,ross4 ,illustration3 ,,blanket ,,display4--,kupfer4 ,illustration3 ,,millinery ,,display4--,moses4 ,illustration3 ,,millinery ,,display4--,green4 ,illustration3 ,,millinery ,,display4--,mc,niff4 ,illustration3 ,,millinery ,,display4--,lundy4 ,illustration3 ,,millinery ,,display4--,walker4 ,illustration3 ,,millinery ,,display4--,chambers4 ,illustration3 ,,millinery ,,display4--,rinehart4 ,illustration3 ,,millinery ,,display4--,barnes4 ,illustration3 ,,millinery ,,display4--,blumenthal4 ,illustration3 ,,millinery ,,display4--,herr4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,lining ,,taffetas4--,watson4 ,illustration3 ,,wash ,,goods ,,display4--,luz4 ,illustration3 ,,gingham ,,display4--,ackerman4 ,illustration3 ,,dress ,,goods ,,display4--,sawyer4 ,illustration3 ,,dress ,,goods ,,display4--,kelley4 ,illustration3 ,,dress ,,goods ,,display4--,sawyer4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,scotch ,,ginghams4--,hornbrook4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,scotch ,,flannels4--,anderson4 ,illustration3 ,,silk ,,display4--,richards4 ,illustration3 ,,silks ,,and ,,parasols4--,toms4 ,illustration3 ,,silk ,,display4--,ross4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,winter ,,silks4--,watson4 ,illustration3 ,,foulard ,,silks4--,walker4 ,illustration3 ,,dress ,,silks4--,baum4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,jackets4--,leppke4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,shirt ,,waists4--,kupfer4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,costumes ,,and ,,dress ,,goods4--,rondaloux4 ,illustration3 ,,costume ,,display4--,griffith4 ,illustration3 ,,costume ,,display4--,hyslop4 ,illustration3 ,,costume ,,display4--,carl4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,jackets4--,chambers4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,furs4--,shogran4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,rugs4--,herr4 ,illustration3 ,,rug ,,display4--,moss4 ,illustration3 ,,display ,,of ,,trunks ,,and ,,traveling ,,bags4--,elvin4 ,,glossary ,,of ,,subjects ,,treated ,,in ,,this ,,book4 ,a ,allegorical ,design1 #aci ,arrangement of ,goods1 #bc ,arch1 ,construction1 #da of ,handkerchiefs1 #ha ,odd ,fellows1 #bcc ,street ,fair1 #afc ,art ,goods ,display1 #bgf ,artistic ,drapings1 #dh ,astronomical ,display1 #aja ,autumn ,leaves1 #aea ,b ,backgrounds1 ,material for1 #bf ,standard1 #cf ,stock1 #ce ,open1 #ci to ,prepare1 #ce ,barrel-,hoop ,fixtures1 #db ,bicycle ,float1 #aga ,blankets1 #aea ,blanket ,displays1 #bhf ,box ,models1 #aeb ,box ,pleating1 #ce ,boxing a ,window1 #aj ,brooklyn ,bridge1 #bch ,brushes for ,card ,writing1 #ee ,business ,windows1 #adf ,butterfly1 ,mechanical1 #aaj ,c ,care of ,wax ,figures1 #ade ,cardboard1 #ee ,card ,writing1 #ec ,cause of ,frosted ,windows1 #aa ,cheesecloth1 ,use of1 #bf ,chiffon1 #adh ,christmas ,displays1 #add ,eve1 #bji ,mantel1 #aih ,tree1 #ace ,clearing ,sales1 #adf ,cleopatra's ,barge1 #agj ,clever ,illusions1 #hd ,clock ,motors1 #hg ,color ,charts1 #bd ,harmony1 #bb ,coloring ,electric ,lamps1 #aac ,combination ,drapery1 #bi ,compound ,colors1 to ,make1 #ed ,contra-revolving ,pillows1 #hh ,cornucopia1 #bba ,corset ,displays1 #bcg1 #bgb ,fixtures1 #dc ,cozy ,corner1 #bbj ,costume ,displays1 #caa ,cotton ,goods ,display1 #bhe ,crepe ,paper ,backgrounds1 #aej ,cylinder1 ,revolving1 #ajc ,d ,department ,managers1 #adg ,detail in ,decorating1 #ad ,doll ,displays1 #bjj ,draping1 ,combination1 #cj ,dress ,goods1 #dd ,fleur-de-lis1 #ea ,how to ,make1 #bh ,plain1 #bi ,stands for1 #dd ,dress ,goods ,displays1 #cja ,standards1 #dd ,e ,easter ,bouquets1 #aeb ,crosses1 #ahe ,displays1 #agi ,eggs1 #ahe ,emblems1 #adb1 #aha ,lilies1 #agi ,lilies1 ,mechanical1 #ahf ,rabbits and ,chicks1 #ahe ,edges1 ,puffed1 #cc ,egg1 ,mechanical1 #aaa ,electric ,arcs and ,incandescents1 #aai ,automatic ,switch1 #abf ,batteries1 #aaf ,christmas ,tree1 #ace ,commutator1 #abc ,connections1 #aba ,emblems1 #ada ,fans1 #ac ,feeders1 #abj ,fountain1 #abh ,flasher1 #abd ,flags1 #abg ,fuse1 #abj ,hitches1 #aba ,hub ,switch1 #abe ,letters for ,signs1 #abc ,mechanism1 #abh ,measures1 #aaf ,motors1 #he ,resistance1 #aae ,revolving ,effects1 #abe ,supplies1 #aah ,tools1 #aah ,transformers1 #abj ,voltage1 #abb ,wiring1 #aah ,electricity in ,windows1 #aac ,embroidery ,displays1 #beg1 #bge ,emblems1 #ada ,eruption of ,vesuvius1 #ig ,eye for ,colors1 ,an1 #be ,f ,fancy ,linens1 #bgf ,fan1 the ,mechanical1 #aji ,festoon ,drapery1 #bi ,fireplaces1 #aea ,fixtures1 #ci for ,corsets1 #dc homemade1 #dj ,flannel ,display1 #cjd ,fleur-de-lis ,drapery1 #ea ,floats1 #aff ,flags1 #ahf ,floor of ,window1 to ,build1 #aj ,floral ,flags1 #ahf ,folding ,star1 ,mechanical1 #ia ,fireproof ,decorations1 #bg ,fountain1 ,electric1 #abh of ,chiffon1 #bcg ,fourth of ,july ,displays1 #ahf ,framed ,forms1 #adi ,framework1 to ,build1 #af ,frosted ,windows1 to ,prevent1 #aa ,fur ,display1 #caf ,g ,gilding1 ,how to ,make1 #adh ,gingham ,displays1 #cjj ,glass ,shelves1 to ,make1 #dd ,glove ,display1 #bga ,gondola1 ,mechanical1 #aje ,grotto for ,santa ,claus1 #baa ,h ,half-revealing ,bust ,stands1 #ie ,handkerchief ,displays1 #bda ,drapings1 #gb ,racks1 #aea to ,fold1 #gb ,harmony of ,colors1 #bb ,hints and ,suggestions1 #adh ,holly1 to ,trim with1 #aea ,hosiery ,displays1 #bdb ,house of ,linens1 #aej ,how to ,fold ,handkerchiefs1 #gb ,human ,forms1 ,use of1 #adi ,i ,icicles1 ,artificial1 #aej ,illuminations1 #adh ,illusion ,windows1 #hb ,backgrounds1 #aeb ,illuminated ,electric ,fountain1 #abi ,scenic ,background1 #abi ,octopus1 #aca ,infants' ,wear ,displays1 #bfh ,instructions in ,electricity1 #aae ,interior ,arches1 #bae ,cornucopias1 #bba ,decorations1 #bac ,displays1 #bad ,easter ,decorations1 #bbd ,pyramid1 #bcc ,j ,jacket ,displays1 #caj-cae ,january ,sales1 #adf ,july #dth ,displays1 #ahf ,k ,kaleidoscope1 #aej ,knit ,underwear ,display1 #bhd ,l ,laces1 #bef ,lace ,curtains1 #beh ,lattice ,work1 #ci ,ledge ,displays1 #bbe ,letters1 ,electric1 #abc ,lettering ,types1 ,antique1 #fb ,block1 #fa ,de,vinne1 #eg ,egyptian1 #ei ,figures1 #fc ,indexes1 #fd ,initials1 #fd ,medieval1 #fb ,modern ,roman1 #ei ,old ,english1 #fa ,rapid1 #eh ,script1 #fj ,unique1 #fj ,lighting the ,window1 #aab ,linen ,decorations1 #eb ,displays1 #bei ,drapings1 #gb ,lining ,displays1 #bih ,lining ,show ,cards1 #ed ,live ,canary ,birds1 #adi ,m ,material for ,backgrounds1 #bf ,mechanical ,butterfly1 #aji ,displays1 #hg ,egg1 #aaa ,fan1 #ajh ,panels1 #aje ,skirt ,holder1 #ia ,ships1 #ij ,windmill1 #ia ,memorial ,day ,displays1 #ahf ,millinery ,arch1 #bcg ,displays1 #bhi ,mixing ,colors1 #ed ,monograms1 #adh ,moon ,effect1 #ih ,moonlight1 #acg ,motors1 #he ,speed ,reducer for1 #hf ,muslin ,underwear ,displays1 #bgi ,n ,notion ,displays1 #bch-bdd ,o ,octopus1 ,illuminated1 #aca ,old ,oaken ,bucket1 #aeb ,odd ,fellows' ,arch1 #bcc ,open ,backgrounds1 #cg ,open ,window ,trimming1 #af ,onyx ,standards1 #dc ,oriental ,display1 #bcc ,original ,street ,fair ,booths1 #agj ,ornamental ,show ,cards1 #fe ,outfit ,displays1 #aea ,p ,palm ,stands1 #dc ,panoramas1 #aac-adi ,parade ,floats1 #agd ,patriotic ,displays1 #aeb ,paints for ,show ,cards1 #ed ,perpetual ,motion1 #ajd ,pedestals1 #db ,pen ,writing1 ,photographing ,windows1 #add ,planning a ,window1 #bg ,pleating1 ,methods of1 #cd ,post ,shelves1 #adi ,potential ,force1 #aae ,prisms1 ,use of1 #adh ,prismatic ,display1 #aeb ,practical ,trims1 #bdj ,puffing1 ,method of1 #ca for ,headings1 #ca ,shogran1 #cb ,r ,rainbow1 #aea ,revolving ,busts1 #ie ,cylinder1 #ajc ,stands1 #hg ,star1 #hh ,wheel1 #id ,ribbon ,decorations1 #adi ,displays1 #bdh ,flags1 #ahf ,star1 #bce ,robing ,windows1 #ae ,room for the ,trimmer1 #ae ,rug ,display1 #bce-cag ,ruling ,show ,cards1 #ed ,s ,sand ,motors1 #hf ,santa ,claus ,cave1 #bac ,grotto1 #baa ,seasons1 ,float1 #afh ,side ,hoops1 #adi ,sign ,shop for ,stores1 #fh ,sign ,marking ,outfit1 #gj ,silk ,displays1 #cje ,stands1 #dd ,shirt ,waists ,displays1 #caj to ,prepare1 #aej ,show ,case ,displays1 #bca ,shelving of ,glass1 #dd ,sewing ,silk ,display1 #bdc ,screen for ,windows1 #af ,shogran ,puffing1 #cb ,shamrocks1 to ,make1 #aej ,skirt ,displays1 #bcf ,stand1 #dd ,sale1 #hi ,simplicity in ,decorating1 #ad ,single ,pleating1 #cd ,smocking1 #cc ,snow ,storms1 #aea ,spool ,cotton ,displays1 #bdb ,standards1 ,onyx1 #dc ,standard ,framework1 #ag ,backgrounds1 #cf ,stands for ,dress ,goods1 #dd ,star1 ,mechanical1 #hh ,stone ,fronts1 to ,plan1 #i ,straw ,hat ,machine1 #aie ,study in ,astronomy1 #ajj ,st4 ,valentine's ,day1 #agg ,stencils1 ,use of1 #gj ,spacing ,show ,cards1 #ef ,speech ,makers1 #fc ,speed ,reducers1 #id ,street ,fairs1 ,advantages1 #aef ,amusements1 #afj ,details1 #afj ,object of1 #aed ,organizing1 #aeg ,success of1 #aef ,time to ,hold1 #aeg ,what it is1 #aeb ,suspended ,stands #adi ,poles1 #aeb ,sunbursts1 to ,make1 #ec ,t ,table for ,card ,writing1 #ec ,thanksgiving ,displays1 #aif ,the ,coming ,year1 ,decorations1 #bbb ,thistle ,flowers of ,linens1 #eb ,three ,displays at ,once1 #he ,tools to work with1 #af ,toy ,displays1 #bje ,trimming ,displays1 #bce-bdg ,trolley ,car1 ,decorations1 #bcf ,trunks and ,travelers' ,goods1 #cai ,turkey ,made of ,linens1 #aig ,u ,umbrellas1 #adi ,umbrella ,displays1 #bff ,underwear ,displays1 #bhj ,upholstery ,backgrounds1 #bh ,use of ,brushes1 #ee ,v ,valentine's ,day ,displays1 #agg ,vanishing ,lady1 ,the1 #hc ,volcano ,effects1 #agg ,w ,waists1 #bhc ,wash ,day1 #adi ,wash ,goods ,displays1 #bii ,washing ,windows1 ,method of1 #aa ,wall ,paper for ,backgrounds1 #aea ,waterfall1 to ,make1 #aeb ,water ,motors1 #hf ,wax ,figures1 ,care of1 #ade ,what to ,display1 #ae ,windows1 to ,plan1 #bg to ,upholster1 #bh ,window ,cards1 #ef ,wind ,power1 #ajd ,windmill1 with ,electric ,effect1 #acb ,winter ,scene1 #aej ,words of ,advice1 #ade ,workmanship1 #ad ,work ,room for ,card ,writers1 #ec ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ,,transcriber',s ,,notes ,page ,changed from ,changed to #cc form of planting radiating in form of pleating radiating in all directions all directions #cg trips will make a good frame4 strips will make a good frame4 ,any style ,any style #da not obtainable1 don't entertain not obtainable1 don't entertain a a trimmer #ic ,then build upright 7,c1 figs4 #b ,then build upright 7,c1 figs4 #b and #b7 and #c7 #ajd to be separated by angles of #ae to be separated by angles of #de degrees1 as degrees1 as #ade place is thus covered1 so that plate is thus covered1 so that your total exposure your total exposure #a4 ,typos fixed2 non-standard spelling and dialect retained4 #b4 ,enclosed italics font in underscores4 #c4 ,the caret 77 serves as a superscript indicator1 applicable to individual characters 7like #b;d74